bump version to 3.4.1-1

Signed-off-by: Thomas Lamprecht <t.lamprecht@proxmox.com>

Cargo.toml

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 [workspace.package]
-version = "3.2.7"
+version = "3.4.1"
 authors = [
     "Dietmar Maurer <dietmar@proxmox.com>",
     "Dominik Csapak <d.csapak@proxmox.com>",
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ authors = [
 edition = "2021"
 license = "AGPL-3"
 repository = "https://git.proxmox.com/?p=proxmox-backup.git"
+rust-version = "1.81"
 
 [package]
 name = "proxmox-backup"
@@ -28,7 +29,6 @@ exclude = [ "build", "debian", "tests/catar_data/test_symlink/symlink1"]
 
 [workspace]
 members = [
-    "pbs-api-types",
     "pbs-buildcfg",
     "pbs-client",
     "pbs-config",
@@ -53,43 +53,51 @@ path = "src/lib.rs"
 
 [workspace.dependencies]
 # proxmox workspace
-proxmox-apt = "0.10.5"
+proxmox-apt = { version = "0.11", features = [ "cache" ] }
+proxmox-apt-api-types = "1.0.1"
 proxmox-async = "0.4"
 proxmox-auth-api = "0.4"
 proxmox-borrow = "1"
 proxmox-compression = "0.2"
+proxmox-config-digest = "0.1.0"
+proxmox-daemon = "0.1.0"
 proxmox-fuse = "0.1.3"
-proxmox-http = { version = "0.9.0", features = [ "client", "http-helpers", "websocket" ] } # see below
+proxmox-http = { version = "0.9.5", features = [ "client", "http-helpers", "websocket" ] } # see below
 proxmox-human-byte = "0.1"
 proxmox-io = "1.0.1" # tools and client use "tokio" feature
 proxmox-lang = "1.1"
+proxmox-log = "0.2.6"
 proxmox-ldap = "0.2.1"
 proxmox-metrics = "0.3.1"
-proxmox-notify = "0.4"
+proxmox-notify = "0.5.1"
 proxmox-openid = "0.10.0"
-proxmox-rest-server = { version = "0.5.1", features = [ "templates" ] }
+proxmox-rest-server = { version = "0.8.9", features = [ "templates" ] }
 # some use "cli", some use "cli" and "server", pbs-config uses nothing
-proxmox-router = { version = "2.0.0", default-features = false }
-proxmox-rrd = { version = "0.2" }
+proxmox-router = { version = "3.0.0", default-features = false }
+proxmox-rrd = "0.4"
+proxmox-rrd-api-types = "1.0.2"
 # everything but pbs-config and pbs-client use "api-macro"
-proxmox-schema = "3"
+proxmox-schema = "4"
 proxmox-section-config = "2"
 proxmox-serde = "0.1.1"
+proxmox-shared-cache = "0.1"
 proxmox-shared-memory = "0.3.0"
 proxmox-sortable-macro = "0.1.2"
-proxmox-subscription = { version = "0.4.2", features = [ "api-types" ] }
-proxmox-sys = "0.5.7"
-proxmox-tfa = { version = "4.0.4", features = [ "api", "api-types" ] }
+proxmox-subscription = { version = "0.5.0", features = [ "api-types" ] }
+proxmox-sys = "0.6.7"
+proxmox-systemd = "0.1"
+proxmox-tfa = { version = "5", features = [ "api", "api-types" ] }
 proxmox-time = "2"
-proxmox-uuid = "1"
+proxmox-uuid = { version = "1", features = [ "serde" ] }
+proxmox-worker-task = "0.1"
+pbs-api-types = "0.2.2"
 
 # other proxmox crates
 pathpatterns = "0.3"
-proxmox-acme = "0.5"
-pxar = "0.12"
+proxmox-acme = "0.5.3"
+pxar = "0.12.1"
 
 # PBS workspace
-pbs-api-types = { path = "pbs-api-types" }
 pbs-buildcfg = { path = "pbs-buildcfg" }
 pbs-client = { path = "pbs-client" }
 pbs-config = { path = "pbs-config" }
@@ -112,16 +120,15 @@ crc32fast = "1"
 const_format = "0.2"
 crossbeam-channel = "0.5"
 endian_trait = { version = "0.6", features = ["arrays"] }
-env_logger = "0.10"
+env_logger = "0.11"
 flate2 = "1.0"
 foreign-types = "0.3"
 futures = "0.3"
-h2 = { version = "0.3", features = [ "stream" ] }
+h2 = { version = "0.4", features = [ "legacy", "stream" ] }
 handlebars = "3.0"
 hex = "0.4.3"
-http = "0.2"
-hyper = { version = "0.14", features = [ "full" ] }
-lazy_static = "1.4"
+hickory-resolver = { version = "0.24.1", default-features = false, features = [ "system-config", "tokio-runtime" ] }
+hyper = { version = "0.14", features = [ "backports", "deprecated", "full" ] }
 libc = "0.2"
 log = "0.4.17"
 nix = "0.26.1"
@@ -135,7 +142,6 @@ regex = "1.5.5"
 rustyline = "9"
 serde = { version = "1.0", features = ["derive"] }
 serde_json = "1.0"
-serde_plain = "1"
 siphasher = "0.3"
 syslog = "6"
 tar = "0.4"
@@ -145,33 +151,29 @@ tokio = "1.6"
 tokio-openssl = "0.6.1"
 tokio-stream = "0.1.0"
 tokio-util = { version = "0.7", features = [ "io" ] }
+tracing = "0.1"
 tower-service = "0.3.0"
 udev = "0.4"
 url = "2.1"
 walkdir = "2"
 xdg = "2.2"
 zstd = { version = "0.12", features = [ "bindgen" ] }
+zstd-safe = "6.0"
 
 [dependencies]
 anyhow.workspace = true
 async-trait.workspace = true
-apt-pkg-native.workspace = true
 base64.workspace = true
-bitflags.workspace = true
 bytes.workspace = true
 cidr.workspace = true
 const_format.workspace = true
 crc32fast.workspace = true
 crossbeam-channel.workspace = true
 endian_trait.workspace = true
-flate2.workspace = true
 futures.workspace = true
 h2.workspace = true
-handlebars.workspace = true
 hex.workspace = true
-http.workspace = true
 hyper.workspace = true
-lazy_static.workspace = true
 libc.workspace = true
 log.workspace = true
 nix.workspace = true
@@ -184,7 +186,6 @@ regex.workspace = true
 rustyline.workspace = true
 serde.workspace = true
 serde_json.workspace = true
-siphasher.workspace = true
 syslog.workspace = true
 termcolor.workspace = true
 thiserror.workspace = true
@@ -192,24 +193,27 @@ tokio = { workspace = true, features = [ "fs", "io-util", "io-std", "macros", "n
 tokio-openssl.workspace = true
 tokio-stream.workspace = true
 tokio-util = { workspace = true, features = [ "codec" ] }
-tower-service.workspace = true
+tracing.workspace = true
 udev.workspace = true
 url.workspace = true
 walkdir.workspace = true
-xdg.workspace = true
 zstd.workspace = true
 
 #valgrind_request = { git = "https://github.com/edef1c/libvalgrind_request", version = "1.1.0", optional = true }
 
 # proxmox workspace
 proxmox-apt.workspace = true
+proxmox-apt-api-types.workspace = true
 proxmox-async.workspace = true
 proxmox-auth-api = { workspace = true, features = [ "api", "pam-authenticator" ] }
 proxmox-compression.workspace = true
+proxmox-config-digest.workspace = true
+proxmox-daemon.workspace = true
 proxmox-http = { workspace = true, features = [ "client-trait", "proxmox-async", "rate-limited-stream" ] } # pbs-client doesn't use these
 proxmox-human-byte.workspace = true
 proxmox-io.workspace = true
 proxmox-lang.workspace = true
+proxmox-log.workspace = true
 proxmox-ldap.workspace = true
 proxmox-metrics.workspace = true
 proxmox-notify = { workspace = true, features = [ "pbs-context" ] }
@@ -219,21 +223,23 @@ proxmox-router = { workspace = true, features = [ "cli", "server"] }
 proxmox-schema = { workspace = true, features = [ "api-macro" ] }
 proxmox-section-config.workspace = true
 proxmox-serde = { workspace = true, features = [ "serde_json" ] }
+proxmox-shared-cache.workspace = true
 proxmox-shared-memory.workspace = true
 proxmox-sortable-macro.workspace = true
 proxmox-subscription.workspace = true
 proxmox-sys = { workspace = true, features = [ "timer" ] }
+proxmox-systemd.workspace = true
 proxmox-tfa.workspace = true
 proxmox-time.workspace = true
 proxmox-uuid.workspace = true
+proxmox-worker-task.workspace = true
+pbs-api-types.workspace = true
 
 # in their respective repo
-pathpatterns.workspace = true
 proxmox-acme.workspace = true
 pxar.workspace = true
 
 # proxmox-backup workspace/internal crates
-pbs-api-types.workspace = true
 pbs-buildcfg.workspace = true
 pbs-client.workspace = true
 pbs-config.workspace = true
@@ -242,21 +248,27 @@ pbs-key-config.workspace = true
 pbs-tape.workspace = true
 pbs-tools.workspace = true
 proxmox-rrd.workspace = true
+proxmox-rrd-api-types.workspace = true
 
 # Local path overrides
 # NOTE: You must run `cargo update` after changing this for it to take effect!
 [patch.crates-io]
-
+#pbs-api-types = { path = "../proxmox/pbs-api-types" }
+#proxmox-acme = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-acme" }
 #proxmox-apt = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-apt" }
+#proxmox-apt-api-types = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-apt-api-types" }
 #proxmox-async = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-async" }
 #proxmox-auth-api = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-auth-api" }
 #proxmox-borrow = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-borrow" }
 #proxmox-compression = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-compression" }
+#proxmox-config-digest = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-config-digest" }
+#proxmox-daemon = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-daemon" }
 #proxmox-fuse = { path = "../proxmox-fuse" }
 #proxmox-http = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-http" }
 #proxmox-human-byte = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-human-byte" }
 #proxmox-io = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-io" }
 #proxmox-lang = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-lang" }
+#proxmox-log = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-log" }
 #proxmox-ldap = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-ldap" }
 #proxmox-metrics = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-metrics" }
 #proxmox-notify = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-notify" }
@@ -264,6 +276,7 @@ proxmox-rrd.workspace = true
 #proxmox-rest-server = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-rest-server" }
 #proxmox-router = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-router" }
 #proxmox-rrd = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-rrd" }
+#proxmox-rrd-api-types = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-rrd-api-types" }
 #proxmox-schema = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-schema" }
 #proxmox-section-config = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-section-config" }
 #proxmox-serde = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-serde" }
@@ -271,11 +284,12 @@ proxmox-rrd.workspace = true
 #proxmox-sortable-macro = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-sortable-macro" }
 #proxmox-subscription = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-subscription" }
 #proxmox-sys = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-sys" }
+#proxmox-systemd = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-systemd" }
 #proxmox-tfa = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-tfa" }
 #proxmox-time = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-time" }
 #proxmox-uuid = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-uuid" }
+#proxmox-worker-task = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-worker-task" }
 
-#proxmox-acme = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox-acme" }
 #pathpatterns = {path = "../pathpatterns" }
 #pxar = { path = "../pxar" }
 

Makefile

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 include /usr/share/dpkg/default.mk
+include /usr/share/rustc/architecture.mk
 include defines.mk
 
 PACKAGE := proxmox-backup
 ARCH := $(DEB_BUILD_ARCH)
+export DEB_HOST_RUST_TYPE
 
 SUBDIRS := etc www docs templates
 
@@ -36,13 +38,20 @@ SUBCRATES != cargo metadata --no-deps --format-version=1 \
 	| grep "$$PWD/" \
 	| sed -e "s!.*$$PWD/!!g" -e 's/\#.*$$//g' -e 's/)$$//g'
 
+STATIC_TARGET_DIR := target/static-build
+
 ifeq ($(BUILD_MODE), release)
-CARGO_BUILD_ARGS += --release
+CARGO_BUILD_ARGS += --release --target $(DEB_HOST_RUST_TYPE)
 COMPILEDIR := target/$(DEB_HOST_RUST_TYPE)/release
+STATIC_COMPILEDIR := $(STATIC_TARGET_DIR)/$(DEB_HOST_RUST_TYPE)/release
 else
+CARGO_BUILD_ARGS += --target $(DEB_HOST_RUST_TYPE)
 COMPILEDIR := target/$(DEB_HOST_RUST_TYPE)/debug
+STATIC_COMPILEDIR := $(STATIC_TARGET_DIR)/$(DEB_HOST_RUST_TYPE)/debug
 endif
 
+STATIC_RUSTC_FLAGS := -C target-feature=+crt-static -L $(STATIC_COMPILEDIR)/deps-stubs/
+
 ifeq ($(valgrind), yes)
 CARGO_BUILD_ARGS += --features valgrind
 endif
@@ -52,6 +61,9 @@ CARGO ?= cargo
 COMPILED_BINS := \
 	$(addprefix $(COMPILEDIR)/,$(USR_BIN) $(USR_SBIN) $(SERVICE_BIN) $(RESTORE_BIN))
 
+STATIC_BINS := \
+	$(addprefix $(STATIC_COMPILEDIR)/,proxmox-backup-client-static pxar-static)
+
 export DEB_VERSION DEB_VERSION_UPSTREAM
 
 SERVER_DEB=$(PACKAGE)-server_$(DEB_VERSION)_$(ARCH).deb
@@ -60,10 +72,12 @@ CLIENT_DEB=$(PACKAGE)-client_$(DEB_VERSION)_$(ARCH).deb
 CLIENT_DBG_DEB=$(PACKAGE)-client-dbgsym_$(DEB_VERSION)_$(ARCH).deb
 RESTORE_DEB=proxmox-backup-file-restore_$(DEB_VERSION)_$(ARCH).deb
 RESTORE_DBG_DEB=proxmox-backup-file-restore-dbgsym_$(DEB_VERSION)_$(ARCH).deb
+STATIC_CLIENT_DEB=$(PACKAGE)-client-static_$(DEB_VERSION)_$(ARCH).deb
+STATIC_CLIENT_DBG_DEB=$(PACKAGE)-client-static-dbgsym_$(DEB_VERSION)_$(ARCH).deb
 DOC_DEB=$(PACKAGE)-docs_$(DEB_VERSION)_all.deb
 
 DEBS=$(SERVER_DEB) $(SERVER_DBG_DEB) $(CLIENT_DEB) $(CLIENT_DBG_DEB) \
-     $(RESTORE_DEB) $(RESTORE_DBG_DEB)
+     $(RESTORE_DEB) $(RESTORE_DBG_DEB) $(STATIC_CLIENT_DEB) $(STATIC_CLIENT_DBG_DEB)
 
 DSC = rust-$(PACKAGE)_$(DEB_VERSION).dsc
 
@@ -71,7 +85,7 @@ DESTDIR=
 
 tests ?= --workspace
 
-all: $(SUBDIRS)
+all: proxmox-backup-client-static $(SUBDIRS)
 
 .PHONY: $(SUBDIRS)
 $(SUBDIRS):
@@ -141,7 +155,7 @@ clean: clean-deb
 	$(foreach i,$(SUBDIRS), \
 	    $(MAKE) -C $(i) clean ;)
 	$(CARGO) clean
-	rm -f .do-cargo-build
+	rm -f .do-cargo-build .do-static-cargo-build
 
 # allows one to avoid running cargo clean when one just wants to tidy up after a package build
 clean-deb:
@@ -190,12 +204,25 @@ $(COMPILED_BINS) $(COMPILEDIR)/dump-catalog-shell-cli $(COMPILEDIR)/docgen: .do-
 	    --bin sg-tape-cmd
 	touch "$@"
 
+.PHONY: proxmox-backup-client-static
+proxmox-backup-client-static:
+	rm -f .do-static-cargo-build
+	$(MAKE) $(STATIC_BINS)
+
+$(STATIC_BINS): .do-static-cargo-build
+.do-static-cargo-build:
+	mkdir -p $(STATIC_COMPILEDIR)/deps-stubs/ && \
+          echo '!<arch>' > $(STATIC_COMPILEDIR)/deps-stubs/libsystemd.a # workaround for to greedy linkage and proxmox-systemd
+	$(CARGO) rustc $(CARGO_BUILD_ARGS) --package pxar-bin --bin pxar \
+	  --target-dir $(STATIC_TARGET_DIR) -- $(STATIC_RUSTC_FLAGS)
+	$(CARGO) rustc $(CARGO_BUILD_ARGS) --package proxmox-backup-client --bin proxmox-backup-client \
+	  --target-dir $(STATIC_TARGET_DIR) -- $(STATIC_RUSTC_FLAGS)
 
 .PHONY: lint
 lint:
 	cargo clippy -- -A clippy::all -D clippy::correctness
 
-install: $(COMPILED_BINS)
+install: $(COMPILED_BINS) $(STATIC_BINS)
 	install -dm755 $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)
 	install -dm755 $(DESTDIR)$(ZSH_COMPL_DEST)
 	$(foreach i,$(USR_BIN), \
@@ -214,16 +241,19 @@ install: $(COMPILED_BINS)
 	install -m4755 -o root -g root $(COMPILEDIR)/sg-tape-cmd $(DESTDIR)$(LIBEXECDIR)/proxmox-backup/sg-tape-cmd
 	$(foreach i,$(SERVICE_BIN), \
 	    install -m755 $(COMPILEDIR)/$(i) $(DESTDIR)$(LIBEXECDIR)/proxmox-backup/ ;)
+	install -m755 $(STATIC_COMPILEDIR)/proxmox-backup-client $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/proxmox-backup-client-static
+	install -m755 $(STATIC_COMPILEDIR)/pxar $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/pxar-static
 	$(MAKE) -C www install
 	$(MAKE) -C docs install
 	$(MAKE) -C templates install
 
 .PHONY: upload
 upload: UPLOAD_DIST ?= $(DEB_DISTRIBUTION)
-upload: $(SERVER_DEB) $(CLIENT_DEB) $(RESTORE_DEB) $(DOC_DEB)
+upload: $(SERVER_DEB) $(CLIENT_DEB) $(RESTORE_DEB) $(DOC_DEB) $(STATIC_CLIENT_DEB)
 	# check if working directory is clean
 	git diff --exit-code --stat && git diff --exit-code --stat --staged
 	tar cf - $(SERVER_DEB) $(SERVER_DBG_DEB) $(DOC_DEB) $(CLIENT_DEB) $(CLIENT_DBG_DEB) \
 	  | ssh -X repoman@repo.proxmox.com upload --product pbs --dist $(UPLOAD_DIST)
 	tar cf - $(CLIENT_DEB) $(CLIENT_DBG_DEB) | ssh -X repoman@repo.proxmox.com upload --product "pve,pmg,pbs-client" --dist $(UPLOAD_DIST)
+	tar cf - $(STATIC_CLIENT_DEB) $(STATIC_CLIENT_DBG_DEB) | ssh -X repoman@repo.proxmox.com upload --product "pbs-client" --dist $(UPLOAD_DIST)
 	tar cf - $(RESTORE_DEB) $(RESTORE_DBG_DEB) | ssh -X repoman@repo.proxmox.com upload --product "pve" --dist $(UPLOAD_DIST)

README.rst

@@ -5,8 +5,11 @@ Build & Release Notes
 ``rustup`` Toolchain
 ====================
 
-We normally want to build with the ``rustc`` Debian package. To do that
-you can set the following ``rustup`` configuration:
+We normally want to build with the ``rustc`` Debian package (see below). If you
+still want to use ``rustup`` for other reasons (e.g. to easily switch between
+the official stable, beta, and nightly compilers), you should set the following
+``rustup`` configuration to use the Debian-provided ``rustc`` compiler
+by default:
 
     # rustup toolchain link system /usr
     # rustup default system

debian/changelog

@@ -1,3 +1,586 @@
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.4.1-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * ui: token view: fix typo in 'lose' and rephrase token regenerate dialog
+    message for more clarity.
+
+  * restrict consent-banner text length to 64 KiB.
+
+  * docs: describe the intend for the statically linked pbs client.
+
+  * api: backup: include previous snapshot name in log message.
+
+  * garbage collection: account for created/deleted index files concurrently
+    to GC to avoid potentially confusing log messages.
+
+  * garbage collection: fix rare race in chunk marking phase for setups doing
+    high frequent backups in quick succession while immediately pruning to a
+    single backup snapshot being left over after each such backup.
+
+  * tape: wait for calibration of LTO-9 tapes in general, not just in the
+    initial tape format procedure.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 16 Apr 2025 14:45:37 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.4.0-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #4788: build statically linked version of the proxmox-backup-client
+    package.
+
+  * ui: sync job: change the rate limit direction based on sync direction.
+
+  * docs: mention how to set the push sync jobs rate limit
+
+  * ui: set error mask: ensure that message is html-encoded to avoid visual
+    glitches.
+
+  * api server: increase maximal request body size fro 64 kiB to 512 kiB,
+    similar to a recent change for our perl based projects.
+
+  * notifications: include Content-Length header for broader compatibility in
+    the webhook and gotify targets.
+
+  * notifications: allow overriding notification templates.
+
+  * docs: notifications: add section about how to use custom templates
+
+  * sync: print whole error chain per group on failure for more context.
+
+  * ui: options-view: fix typo in empty-text for GC tuning option.
+
+  * memory info: use the "MemAvailable" field from '/proc/meminfo' to compute
+    used memory to fix overestimation of that metric and to better align with
+    what modern versions of tools like `free` do and to future proof against
+    changes in how the kernel accounts memory usage for.
+
+  * add "MemAvailable" field to ProcFsMemInfo to promote its usage over the
+    existing "MemFree" field, which is almost never the right choice. This new
+    field will be provided for external metric server.
+
+  * docs: mention different name resolution for statically linked binary.
+
+  * docs: add basic info for how to install the statically linked client.
+
+  * docs: mention new verify-only and encrypted-only flags for sync jobs.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 09 Apr 2025 17:41:38 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.7-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #5982: garbage collection: add a check to ensure that the underlying
+    file system supports and honors file access time (atime) updates.
+    The check is performed once on datastore creation and on start of every
+    garbage collection (GC) task, just to be sure. It can be disabled in the
+    datastore tuning options.
+
+  * garbage collection: support setting a custom access time cutoff,
+    overriding the default of one day and five minutes.
+
+  * ui: expose flag for GC access time support safety check and the access
+    time cutoff override in datastore tuning options.
+
+  * docs: describe rationale for new GC access time update check setting and
+    the access time cutoff check in tuning options.
+
+  * access control: add support to mark a specific authentication realm as
+    default selected realm for the login user interface.
+
+  * fix #4382: api: access control: remove permissions of token on deletion.
+
+  * fix #3887: api: access control: allow users to regenerate the secret of an
+    API token without changing any existing ACLs.
+
+  * fix #6072: sync jobs: support flags to limit sync to only encrypted and/or
+    verified snapshots.
+
+  * ui: datastore tuning options: expose overriding GC cache capacity so that
+    admins can either restrict the peak memory usage during GC or allow GC to
+    use more memory to reduce file system IO even for huge (multiple TiB)
+    referenced data in backup groups.
+
+  * ui: datastore tuning options: increase width and rework labels to provide
+    a tiny bit more context about what these options are.
+
+  * ui: sync job: increase edit window width to 720px to make it less cramped.
+
+  * ui: sync job: small field label casing consistency fixes.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Sat, 05 Apr 2025 17:54:31 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.6-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * datastore: ignore group locking errors when removing snapshots, they
+    normally happen only due to old-locking, and the underlying snapshot is
+    deleted in any case at this point, so it's no help to confuse the user.
+
+  * api: datastore: add error message on failed removal due to old locking and
+    tell any admin what they can do to switch to the new locking.
+
+  * ui: only add delete parameter on token edit, not when creating tokens.
+
+  * pbs-client: allow reading fingerprint from system credential.
+
+  * docs: client: add section about system credentials integration.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 03 Apr 2025 17:57:02 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.5-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * api: config: use guard for unmounting on failed datastore creation
+
+  * client: align description for backup specification to docs, using
+    `archive-name` and `type` over `label` and `ext`.
+
+  * client: read credentials from CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable
+    following the "System and Service Credentials" specification. This allows
+    users to use native systemd capabilities for credential management if the
+    proxmox-backup-client is used in systemd units or, e.g., through a wrapper
+    like systemd-run.
+
+  * fix #3935: datastore/api/backup: move datastore locking to '/run' to avoid
+    that lock-files can block deleting backup groups or snapshots on the
+    datastore and to decouple locking from the underlying datastore
+    file-system.
+
+  * api: fix race when changing the owner of a backup-group.
+
+  * fix #3336: datastore: remove group if the last snapshot is removed to
+    avoid confusing situations where the group directory still exists and
+    blocks re-creating a group with another owner even though the empty group
+    was not visible in the web UI.
+
+  * notifications: clean-up and add dedicated types for all templates as to
+    allow declaring that interface stable in preparation for allowing
+    overriding them in the future (not included in this release).
+
+  * tape: introduce a tape backup job worker-thread option for restores.
+    Depending on the underlying storage using more threads can dramatically
+    improve the restore speed. Especially fast storage with low penalty for
+    random access, like flash-storage (SSDs) can profit from using more
+    worker threads. But on file systems backed by spinning disks (HDDs) the
+    performance can even degrade with more threads. This is why for now the
+    default is left at a single thread and the admin needs to tune this for
+    their storage.
+
+  * garbage collection: generate index file list via datastore iterators in a
+    structured manner.
+
+  * fix #5331: garbage collection: avoid multiple chunk atime updates by
+    keeping track of the recently marked chunks in phase 1 of garbage to avoid
+    multiple atime updates via relatively expensive utimensat (touch) calls.
+    Use a LRU cache with size 32 MiB for tracking already processed chunks,
+    this fully covers backup groups referencing up to 4 TiB of actual chunks
+    and even bigger ones can still benefit from the cache. On some real-world
+    benchmarks of a datastore with 1.5 million chunks, and original data
+    usage of 120 TiB and a referenced data usage of 2.7 TiB (high
+    deduplication count due to long-term history) we measured 21.1 times less
+    file updates (31.6 million) and a 6.1 times reduction in total GC runtime
+    (155.4 s to 22.8 s) on a ZFS RAID 10 system consisting of spinning HDDs
+    and a special device mirror backed by datacenter SSDs.
+
+  * logging helper: use new builder initializer – not functional change
+    intended.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 02 Apr 2025 19:42:38 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.4-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #6185: client/docs: explicitly mention archive name restrictions
+
+  * docs: using-the-installer: adapt to raised root password length requirement
+
+  * disks: wipe: replace dd with write_all_at for zeroing disk
+
+  * fix #5946: disks: wipe: ensure GPT header backup is wiped
+
+  * docs: fix hash collision probability comparison
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 13 Mar 2025 13:04:05 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.3-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * api: datastore list: move checking if a datastore is mounted after we
+    ensured that the user may actually access it. While this had no effect
+    security wise, it could significantly increase the cost of this API
+    endpoint in big setups with many datastores and many tenants that each
+    have only access to one, or a small set, of datastores.
+
+  * Revert "fix #5710: api: backup: stat known chunks on backup finish" due to
+    a big performance impact relative to what this is protectign against. We
+    will work out a more efficient fix for this issue in the future.
+
+  * prune simulator: show backup entries that are kept also in the flat list
+    of backups, not just in the calendar view.
+
+  * docs: improve the description for the garbage collection's cut-off time
+
+  * pxar extract: correctly honor the overwrite flag
+
+  * api: datastore: add missing log context for prune to avoid a case where
+    the worker state being unknown after it finished.
+
+  * docs: add synopsis and basic docs for prune job configuration
+
+  * backup verification: handle manifest update errors as non-fatal to avoid
+    that the job fails, as we want to continue with verificating the rest to
+    ensure we uncover as much potential problems as possible.
+
+  * fix #4408: docs: add 'disaster recovery' section for tapes
+
+  * fix #6069: prune simulator: correctly handle schedules that mix both, a
+    range and a step size at once.
+
+  * client: pxar: fix a race condition where the backup upload stream can miss
+    an error from the create archive function, because the error state is only
+    set after the backup stream was already polled. This avoids a edge case
+    where a file-based backup was incorrectly marked as having succeeded while
+    there was a error.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 11 Feb 2025 20:24:27 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.2-2) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * file-restore: fix regression with the new blockdev method used to pass
+    disks of a backup to the isolated virtual machine.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 10 Dec 2024 12:14:47 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.2-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * pbs-client: remove `log` dependency and migrate to our common,
+    `tracing`-based, logging infrastructure. No semantic change intended.
+
+  * file restore: switch to more modern blockdev option for drives in QEMU
+    wrapper for the restore VM.
+
+  * pxar: client: fix missing file size check for metadata comparison
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Mon, 09 Dec 2024 10:37:32 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.1-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * tree-wide: add missing O_CLOEXEC flags to `openat` calls to avoid passing
+    any open FD to new child processes which can have undesired side-effects
+    like keeping a lock open longer than it should.
+
+  * cargo: update proxmox dependency of rest-server and sys crates to include
+    some fixes for open FDs and a fix for the active task worker tracking, as
+    on failing to update the index file the daemon did not finished the
+    worker, causing a reference count issue where an old daemon could keep
+    running forever.
+
+  * ui: check that store is set before trying to select anythin in the garbage
+    collection (GC) job view.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 03 Dec 2024 18:11:04 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.0-2) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * tree-wide: fix various typos.
+
+  * ui: fix remove vanished tooltip to be valid for both sync directions.
+
+  * ui: mask unmounted datastores in datastore overview.
+
+  * server: push: fix supported api version check for minor version bump.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 28 Nov 2024 13:03:03 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.3.0-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * GC: add safety-check for nested datastore
+
+  * ui: make some more strings translatable
+
+  * docs: make sphinx ignore the environment cache to avoid missing synopsis
+    in some HTML output, like for example the "Command Syntax" appendix.
+
+  * docs: add note for why FAT is not supported for as backing file system for
+    datastores
+
+  * api: disks: directory: fail if mount unit already exists for a new file
+    system
+
+  * : filter partitions without proper UUID in partition selector
+
+  * ui: version info: replace wrong hyphen separator with dot
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 27 Nov 2024 20:38:41 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.14-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * pull-sync: do not interpret older missing snapshots as needs-resync
+
+  * api: directory: use relative path when creating removable datastore
+
+  * ui: prune keep input: actually clear value on clear trigger click
+
+  * ui: datastore edit: fix empty-text for path field
+
+  * sync: push: pass full error context when returning error to job
+
+  * api: mount removable datastore: only log an informational message if the
+    correct device is already mounted.
+
+  * api: sync: restrict edit permissions for the new push sync jobs to avoid
+    that a user is able to create or edit sync jobs in push direction, but not
+    able to see them.
+
+  * api: create datastore: fix checks to avoid that any datastore can contain
+    another one to better handle the case for the new removable datastores.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 27 Nov 2024 14:42:56 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.13-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * update pxar dependency to fix selective extraction with the newly
+    supported match patterns.
+
+  * reuse-datastore: avoid creating another prune job
+
+  * api: notification: add API routes for webhook targets
+
+  * management cli: add CLI for webhook targets
+
+  * ui: utils: enable webhook edit window
+
+  * ui: utils: add task description for mounting/unmounting
+
+  * ui: add onlineHelp for consent-banner option
+
+  * docs: client: fix example commands for client usage
+
+  * docs: explain some further caveats of the change detection modes
+
+  * ui: use same label for removable datastore created from disk
+
+  * api: maintenance: allow setting of maintenance mode if 'unmounting'
+
+  * docs: add more information for removable datastores
+
+  * ui: sync jobs: revert to single list for pull/push jobs, improve
+    distinction between push and pull jobs through other means.
+
+  * ui: sync jobs: change default sorting to 'store' -> 'direction' -> 'id'
+
+  * ui: sync jobs: add search filter-box
+
+  * config: sync: use same config section type `sync` for push and pull, note
+    that this breaks existing configurations and needs manual clean-up. As the
+    package versions never made it beyond test this is ignored, as while it's
+    not really ideal we never give guarantees for testing package versions,
+    and the maintenance burden with the old style would not be ideal either.
+
+  * api: removable datastores: require Sys.Modify permission on /system/disks
+
+  * ui: allow resetting unmounting maintenance
+
+  * datastore: re-phrase error message when datastore is unavailable
+
+  * client: backup writer: fix regression in progress output
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 26 Nov 2024 17:05:23 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.12-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #5853: client: pxar: exclude stale files on metadata/link read
+
+  * docs: fix wrong product name in certificate docs
+
+  * docs: explain the working principle of the change detection modes
+
+  * allow datastore creation in directory with lost+found directory
+
+  * fix #5801: manager: switch datastore update command to real API call to
+    avoid early cancellation of the task.
+
+  * server: push: consistently use remote over target for error messages and
+    various smaller improvements to related log messages.
+
+  * push: move log messages for removed snapshot/group
+
+  * fix #5710: api: backup: stat known chunks on backup finish to ensure any
+    problem/corruption is caught earlier.
+
+  * pxar: extract: make invalid ACLs non-fatal, but only log them, there's
+    nothing to win by failing the restore completely.
+
+  * server: push: log encountered empty backup groups during sync
+
+  * fix #3786: ui, api, cli: add resync-corrupt option to sync jobs
+
+  * docs: add security implications of prune and change detection mode
+
+  *  fix #2996: client: backup restore: add support to pass match patterns for
+     a selective restore
+
+  * docs: add installation media preparation and installation wizard guides
+
+  * api: enforce minimum character limit of 8 on new passwords to follow
+    recent NIST recommendations.
+
+  * ui, api: support configuring a consent banner that is shown before login
+    to allow complying with some (government) policy frameworks.
+
+  * ui, api: add initial support for removable datastore providing better
+    integration for datastore located on a non-permanently attached medium.
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Mon, 25 Nov 2024 22:52:11 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.11-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #3044: server: implement push support for sync operations
+
+  * push sync related refactors
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 21 Nov 2024 12:03:50 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.10-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * api: disk list: do not fail but just log error on gathering smart data
+
+  * cargo: require proxmox-log 0.2.6 to reduce spamming the logs with the
+    whole worker task contents
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 19 Nov 2024 22:36:14 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.9-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * client: catalog: fallback to metadata archives for dumping the catalog
+
+  * client: catalog shell: make the catalog optional and use the pxar accessor
+    for navigation if the catalog is not provided, like its the case for
+    example for split pxar archives.
+
+  * client: catalog shell: drop payload offset in `stat` output, as this is a
+    internal value that only helps on debugging some specific development.
+
+  * sync: fix premature return in snapshot-skip filter logic to avoid that the
+    first snapshot newer that the last synced one gets unconditionally
+    included.
+
+  * fix #5861: ui: remove minimum required username length in dialog for
+    changing the owner of a backup group, as PBS support usernames shorter
+    than 4 characters since a while now.
+
+  * fix #5439: allow one to reuse an existing datastore on datastore creation
+
+  * ui: disallow datastore in the file system root, this is almost never what
+    user want and they can still use the CLI for such an edge case.
+
+  * fix #5233: api: tape: add explicit required permissions for the move tape,
+    update tape and destroy tape endpoints, requiring Tape.Modify and
+    Tape.Write on the `/tape` ACL object path, respectively. This avoids
+    requiring the use of the root account for basic tape management.
+
+  * client: catalog shell: make the root element its own parent to avoid
+    navigating below archive root, which makes no sense and just causes odd
+    glitches.
+
+  * api: disk management: avoid retrieving lsblk result twice when listing
+    disks, while it's not overly expensive it certainly does not help to be
+    performant either.
+
+  * api: disk management: parallelize retrieving the output from smartctl
+    checks.
+
+  * fix #5600: pbs2to3: make check more flexible to allow one to run arbitrary
+    newer '-pve' kernels after upgrade
+
+  * client: pxar: perform match pattern check for exclusion only once
+
+  * client: pxar: add debug output for exclude pattern matches to more
+    conveniently debug possible issues.
+
+  * fix #5868: rest-server: handshake detection: avoid infinite loop on
+    connections abort
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 14 Nov 2024 16:10:10 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.8-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
+
+  * switch various log statements in worker tasks to the newer, more flexible
+    proxmox log crate. With this change, errors from task logs are now also
+    logged to the system log, increasing their visibility.
+
+  * datastore api: list snapshots: avoid calculating protected attribute
+    twice per snapshot, this reduces the amounts of file metadata requests.
+
+  * avoid re-calculating the backup snapshot path's date time component when
+    getting the full path, reducing calls to the relatively slow strftime
+    function from libc.
+
+  * fix #3699: client: prefer the XDG cache directory for temporary files with
+    a fallback to using /tmp, as before.
+
+  * sync job: improve log message for when syncing the root namespace.
+
+  * client: increase read buffer from 8 KiB to 4 MiB for raw image based
+    backups. This reduces the time spent polling between the reader, chunker
+    and uploader async tasks and thus can improve backup speed significantly,
+    especially on setups with fast network and storage.
+
+  * client benchmark: avoid unnecessary allocation in the AES benchmark,
+    causing artificial overhead. The benchmark AES results should now be more
+    in line with the hardware capability and what the PBS client could already
+    do.  On our test system we saw an increase by an factor of 2.3 on this
+    specific benchmark.
+
+  * docs: add external metrics server page
+
+  * tfa: webauthn: serialize OriginUrl following RFC6454
+
+  * factor out apt and apt-repository handling into a new library crate for
+    re-use in other projects. There should be no functional change.
+
+  * fix various typos all over the place found using the rust based `typos`
+    tool.
+
+  * datastore: data blob compression: increase compression throughput by
+    switching away from a higher level zstd method to a lower level one, which
+    allows us to control the target buffer size directly and thus avoid some
+    allocation and syscall overhead. We saw the compression bandwidth increase
+    by a factor of 1.19 in our tests where both the source data and the target
+    datastore where located in memory backed tmpfs.
+
+  * daily-update: ensure notification system context is initialized.
+
+  * backup reader: derive if debug messages should be printed from the global
+    log level. This avoids printing some debug messages by default, e.g., the
+    "protocol upgrade done" message from sync jobs.
+
+  * ui: user view: disable 'Unlock TFA' button by default to improve UX if no
+    user is selected.
+
+  * manager cli: ensure the worker tasks finishes when triggering a reload of
+    the system network.
+
+  * fix #5622: backup client: properly handle rate and burst parameters.
+    Previously, passing any non-integer value, like `1mb`, was ignored.
+
+  * tape: read element status: ignore responses where the library specifies
+    that it will return a volume tag but then does not includes that field in
+    the actual response. As both the primary and the alternative volume tag
+    are not required by PBS, this specific error can simply be downgraded to a
+    warning.
+
+  * pxar: dump archive: print entries to stdout instead of stderr
+
+  * sync jobs: various clean-ups and refactoring that should not result in any
+    semantic change.
+
+  * metric collection: put metrics in a cache with a 30 minutes lifetime.
+
+  * api: add /status/metrics API to allow pull-based metric server to gather
+    data directly.
+
+  * partial fix #5560: client: periodically show backup progress
+
+  * docs: add proxmox-backup.node.cfg man page
+
+  * docs: sync: explicitly mention `removed-vanish` flag
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Fri, 18 Oct 2024 19:05:41 +0200
+
 rust-proxmox-backup (3.2.7-1) bookworm; urgency=medium
 
   * docs: drop blanket statement recommending against remote storage

debian/control

@@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ Build-Depends: bash-completion,
                libacl1-dev,
                libfuse3-dev,
                librust-anyhow-1+default-dev,
-               librust-apt-pkg-native-0.3+default-dev (>= 0.3.2-~~),
                librust-async-trait-0.1+default-dev (>= 0.1.56-~~),
                librust-base64-0.13+default-dev,
                librust-bitflags-2+default-dev (>= 2.4-~~),
@@ -26,19 +25,18 @@ Build-Depends: bash-completion,
                librust-crossbeam-channel-0.5+default-dev,
                librust-endian-trait-0.6+arrays-dev,
                librust-endian-trait-0.6+default-dev,
-               librust-env-logger-0.10+default-dev,
-               librust-flate2-1+default-dev,
+               librust-env-logger-0.11+default-dev,
                librust-foreign-types-0.3+default-dev,
                librust-futures-0.3+default-dev,
-               librust-h2-0.3+default-dev,
-               librust-h2-0.3+stream-dev,
-               librust-handlebars-3+default-dev,
+               librust-h2-0.4+default-dev,
+               librust-h2-0.4+legacy-dev,
+               librust-h2-0.4+stream-dev,
                librust-hex-0.4+default-dev (>= 0.4.3-~~),
                librust-hex-0.4+serde-dev (>= 0.4.3-~~),
-               librust-http-0.2+default-dev,
+               librust-hyper-0.14+backports-dev,
                librust-hyper-0.14+default-dev,
+               librust-hyper-0.14+deprecated-dev,
                librust-hyper-0.14+full-dev,
-               librust-lazy-static-1+default-dev (>= 1.4-~~),
                librust-libc-0.2+default-dev,
                librust-log-0.4+default-dev (>= 0.4.17-~~),
                librust-nix-0.26+default-dev (>= 0.26.1-~~),
@@ -47,69 +45,76 @@ Build-Depends: bash-completion,
                librust-once-cell-1+default-dev (>= 1.3.1-~~),
                librust-openssl-0.10+default-dev (>= 0.10.40-~~),
                librust-pathpatterns-0.3+default-dev,
+               librust-pbs-api-types-0.2+default-dev (>= 0.2.2),
                librust-percent-encoding-2+default-dev (>= 2.1-~~),
                librust-pin-project-lite-0.2+default-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-acme-0.5+default-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-apt-0.10+default-dev (>= 0.10.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-acme-0.5+default-dev (>= 0.5.3-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-apt-0.11+cache-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-apt-0.11+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-apt-api-types-1+default-dev (>= 1.0.1-~~),
                librust-proxmox-async-0.4+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-auth-api-0.4+api-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-auth-api-0.4+api-types-dev,
                librust-proxmox-auth-api-0.4+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-auth-api-0.4+pam-authenticator-dev,
                librust-proxmox-borrow-1+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-compression-0.2+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-config-digest-0.1+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-daemon-0.1+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-fuse-0.1+default-dev (>= 0.1.3-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+client-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+client-trait-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+default-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+http-helpers-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+proxmox-async-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+rate-limited-stream-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+rate-limiter-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+websocket-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+client-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+client-trait-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+default-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+http-helpers-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+proxmox-async-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+rate-limited-stream-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+rate-limiter-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-http-0.9+websocket-dev (>= 0.9.5-~~),
                librust-proxmox-human-byte-0.1+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-io-1+default-dev (>= 1.0.1-~~),
                librust-proxmox-io-1+tokio-dev (>= 1.0.1-~~),
                librust-proxmox-lang-1+default-dev (>= 1.1-~~),
                librust-proxmox-ldap-0.2+default-dev (>= 0.2.1-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-log-0.2+default-dev (>= 0.2.6-~~),
                librust-proxmox-metrics-0.3+default-dev (>= 0.3.1-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-notify-0.4+default-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-notify-0.4+pbs-context-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-notify-0.5+default-dev (>= 0.5.1-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-notify-0.5+pbs-context-dev (>= 0.5.1-~~),
                librust-proxmox-openid-0.10+default-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-rest-server-0.5+default-dev (>= 0.5.1-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-rest-server-0.5+rate-limited-stream-dev (>= 0.5.1-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-rest-server-0.5+templates-dev (>= 0.5.1-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-router-2+cli-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-router-2+server-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-rrd-0.2+default-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-schema-3+api-macro-dev,
-               librust-proxmox-schema-3+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-rest-server-0.8+default-dev (>= 0.8.9-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-rest-server-0.8+rate-limited-stream-dev (>= 0.8.9-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-rest-server-0.8+templates-dev (>= 0.8.9-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-router-3+cli-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-router-3+server-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-rrd-0.4+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-rrd-api-types-1+default-dev (>= 1.0.2-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-schema-4+api-macro-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-schema-4+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-section-config-2+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-serde-0.1+default-dev (>= 0.1.1-~~),
                librust-proxmox-serde-0.1+serde-json-dev (>= 0.1.1-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-shared-cache-0.1+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-shared-memory-0.3+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-sortable-macro-0.1+default-dev (>= 0.1.2-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-subscription-0.4+api-types-dev (>= 0.4.2-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-subscription-0.4+default-dev (>= 0.4.2-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-sys-0.5+acl-dev (>= 0.5.7-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-sys-0.5+crypt-dev (>= 0.5.7-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-sys-0.5+default-dev (>= 0.5.7-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-sys-0.5+logrotate-dev (>= 0.5.7-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-sys-0.5+timer-dev (>= 0.5.7-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-tfa-4+api-dev (>= 4.0.4-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-tfa-4+api-types-dev (>= 4.0.4-~~),
-               librust-proxmox-tfa-4+default-dev (>= 4.0.4-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-subscription-0.5+api-types-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-subscription-0.5+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-sys-0.6+acl-dev (>= 0.6.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-sys-0.6+crypt-dev (>= 0.6.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-sys-0.6+default-dev (>= 0.6.7-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-sys-0.6+logrotate-dev (>= 0.6.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-sys-0.6+timer-dev (>= 0.6.5-~~),
+               librust-proxmox-systemd-0.1+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-tfa-5+api-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-tfa-5+api-types-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-tfa-5+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-time-2+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-uuid-1+default-dev,
                librust-proxmox-uuid-1+serde-dev,
-               librust-pxar-0.12+default-dev,
+               librust-proxmox-worker-task-0.1+default-dev,
+               librust-pxar-0.12+default-dev (>= 0.12.1-~~),
                librust-regex-1+default-dev (>= 1.5.5-~~),
                librust-rustyline-9+default-dev,
                librust-serde-1+default-dev,
                librust-serde-1+derive-dev,
                librust-serde-json-1+default-dev,
-               librust-serde-plain-1+default-dev,
-               librust-siphasher-0.3+default-dev,
                librust-syslog-6+default-dev,
                librust-tar-0.4+default-dev,
                librust-termcolor-1+default-dev (>= 1.1.2-~~),
@@ -133,12 +138,14 @@ Build-Depends: bash-completion,
                librust-tokio-util-0.7+default-dev,
                librust-tokio-util-0.7+io-dev,
                librust-tower-service-0.3+default-dev,
+               librust-tracing-0.1+default-dev,
                librust-udev-0.4+default-dev,
                librust-url-2+default-dev (>= 2.1-~~),
                librust-walkdir-2+default-dev,
                librust-xdg-2+default-dev (>= 2.2-~~),
                librust-zstd-0.12+bindgen-dev,
                librust-zstd-0.12+default-dev,
+               librust-zstd-safe-6+default-dev,
                libsgutils2-dev,
                libstd-rust-dev,
                libsystemd-dev (>= 246-~~),
@@ -177,7 +184,7 @@ Depends: fonts-font-awesome,
          postfix | mail-transport-agent,
          proxmox-backup-docs,
          proxmox-mini-journalreader,
-         proxmox-widget-toolkit (>= 4.1.4),
+         proxmox-widget-toolkit (>= 4.3.3),
          pve-xtermjs (>= 4.7.0-1),
          sg3-utils,
          smartmontools,
@@ -198,6 +205,14 @@ Description: Proxmox Backup Client tools
  This package contains the Proxmox Backup client, which provides a
  simple command line tool to create and restore backups.
 
+Package: proxmox-backup-client-static
+Architecture: any
+Depends: qrencode, ${misc:Depends},
+Conflicts: proxmox-backup-client,
+Description: Proxmox Backup Client tools (statically linked)
+ This package contains the Proxmox Backup client, which provides a
+ simple command line tool to create and restore backups.
+
 Package: proxmox-backup-docs
 Build-Profiles: <!nodoc>
 Section: doc

debian/copyright

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (C) 2019 - 2024 Proxmox Server Solutions GmbH
+Copyright (C) 2019 - 2025 Proxmox Server Solutions GmbH
 
 This software is written by Proxmox Server Solutions GmbH <support@proxmox.com>
 

debian/postinst

@@ -20,15 +20,7 @@ case "$1" in
 	# modeled after dh_systemd_start output
 	systemctl --system daemon-reload >/dev/null || true
 	if [ -n "$2" ]; then
-		if dpkg --compare-versions "$2" 'lt' '1.0.7-1'; then
-			# there was an issue with reloading and systemd being confused in older daemon versions
-			# so restart instead of reload if upgrading from there, see commit 0ec79339f7aebf9
-			# FIXME: remove with PBS 2.1
-			echo "Upgrading from older proxmox-backup-server: restart (not reload) daemons"
-			_dh_action=try-restart
-		else
-			_dh_action=try-reload-or-restart
-		fi
+		_dh_action=try-reload-or-restart
 	else
 		_dh_action=start
 	fi
@@ -80,6 +72,11 @@ EOF
 				update_sync_job "$prev_job"
 			fi
 		fi
+
+		if dpkg --compare-versions "$2" 'lt' '3.3.5~'; then
+			# ensure old locking is used by the daemon until a reboot happened
+			touch "/run/proxmox-backup/old-locking"
+		fi
 	fi
     ;;
 

debian/proxmox-backup-client-static.bash-completion

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+debian/proxmox-backup-client.bc proxmox-backup-client
+debian/pxar.bc pxar

debian/proxmox-backup-client-static.install

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+usr/share/man/man1/proxmox-backup-client.1
+usr/share/man/man1/pxar.1
+usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_proxmox-backup-client
+usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_pxar

debian/proxmox-backup-file-restore.postinst

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ update_initramfs() {
     CACHE_PATH_DBG="/var/cache/proxmox-backup/file-restore-initramfs-debug.img"
 
     # cleanup first, in case proxmox-file-restore was uninstalled since we do
-    # not want an unuseable image lying around
+    # not want an unusable image lying around
     rm -f "$CACHE_PATH"
 
     if [ ! -f "$INST_PATH/initramfs.img" ]; then

debian/proxmox-backup-server.install

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ etc/proxmox-backup-daily-update.service /lib/systemd/system/
 etc/proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer /lib/systemd/system/
 etc/proxmox-backup-proxy.service /lib/systemd/system/
 etc/proxmox-backup.service /lib/systemd/system/
+etc/removable-device-attach@.service /lib/systemd/system/
 usr/bin/pmt
 usr/bin/pmtx
 usr/bin/proxmox-tape
@@ -30,34 +31,31 @@ usr/share/man/man5/acl.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/datastore.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/domains.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/media-pool.cfg.5
-usr/share/man/man5/notifications.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/notifications-priv.cfg.5
+usr/share/man/man5/notifications.cfg.5
+usr/share/man/man5/proxmox-backup.node.cfg.5
+usr/share/man/man5/prune.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/remote.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/sync.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/tape-job.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/tape.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/user.cfg.5
 usr/share/man/man5/verification.cfg.5
-usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_pmt
-usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_pmtx
-usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_proxmox-backup-debug
-usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_proxmox-backup-manager
-usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_proxmox-tape
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/acme-err-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/acme-err-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/gc-err-body.txt.hbs
-usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/gc-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/gc-err-subject.txt.hbs
+usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/gc-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/gc-ok-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/package-updates-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/package-updates-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/prune-err-body.txt.hbs
-usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/prune-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/prune-err-subject.txt.hbs
+usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/prune-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/prune-ok-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/sync-err-body.txt.hbs
-usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/sync-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/sync-err-subject.txt.hbs
+usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/sync-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/sync-ok-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/tape-backup-err-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/tape-backup-err-subject.txt.hbs
@@ -66,9 +64,13 @@ usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/tape-backup-ok-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/tape-load-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/tape-load-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/test-body.txt.hbs
-usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/test-body.html.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/test-subject.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/verify-err-body.txt.hbs
-usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/verify-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/verify-err-subject.txt.hbs
+usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/verify-ok-body.txt.hbs
 usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/verify-ok-subject.txt.hbs
+usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_pmt
+usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_pmtx
+usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_proxmox-backup-debug
+usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_proxmox-backup-manager
+usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_proxmox-tape

debian/proxmox-backup-server.udev

@@ -16,3 +16,6 @@ SUBSYSTEM=="scsi_generic", SUBSYSTEMS=="scsi", ATTRS{type}=="1", ENV{ID_SCSI_SER
   SYMLINK+="tape/by-id/scsi-$env{ID_SCSI_SERIAL}-sg"
 
 LABEL="persistent_storage_tape_end"
+
+# triggers the mounting of a removable device
+ACTION=="add", SUBSYSTEM=="block", ENV{ID_FS_UUID}!="", TAG+="systemd", ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS}="removable-device-attach@$env{ID_FS_UUID}"

debian/rules

@@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ override_dh_auto_configure:
 	@perl -ne 'if (/^version\s*=\s*"(\d+(?:\.\d+)+)"/) { my $$v_cargo = $$1; my $$v_deb = "$(DEB_VERSION_UPSTREAM)"; \
 	    die "ERROR: d/changelog <-> Cargo.toml version mismatch: $$v_cargo != $$v_deb\n" if $$v_cargo ne $$v_deb; exit(0); }' Cargo.toml
 	$(CARGO) prepare-debian $(CURDIR)/debian/cargo_registry --link-from-system
+	# `cargo build` and `cargo install` have different config precedence, symlink
+	# the wrapper config into a place where `build` picks it up as well..
+	# https://doc.rust-lang.org/cargo/commands/cargo-install.html#configuration-discovery
+	mkdir -p .cargo
+	ln -s $(CARGO_HOME)/config.toml $(CURDIR)/.cargo/config.toml
 	dh_auto_configure
 
 override_dh_auto_build:
@@ -42,6 +47,9 @@ override_dh_auto_install:
 	dh_auto_install -- \
 	    PROXY_USER=backup \
 	    LIBDIR=/usr/lib/$(DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH)
+	mkdir -p debian/proxmox-backup-client-static/usr/bin
+	mv debian/tmp/usr/bin/proxmox-backup-client-static debian/proxmox-backup-client-static/usr/bin/proxmox-backup-client
+	mv debian/tmp/usr/bin/pxar-static debian/proxmox-backup-client-static/usr/bin/pxar
 
 override_dh_installsystemd:
 	dh_installsystemd -pproxmox-backup-server  proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer

docs/Makefile

@@ -1,59 +1,65 @@
 include ../defines.mk
 
 GENERATED_SYNOPSIS := 						\
-	proxmox-tape/synopsis.rst				\
-	proxmox-backup-client/synopsis.rst			\
-	proxmox-backup-client/catalog-shell-synopsis.rst 	\
-	proxmox-backup-manager/synopsis.rst			\
-	proxmox-backup-debug/synopsis.rst			\
-	proxmox-file-restore/synopsis.rst			\
-	pxar/synopsis.rst					\
-	pmtx/synopsis.rst					\
-	pmt/synopsis.rst					\
-	config/media-pool/config.rst				\
-	config/notifications/config.rst				\
-	config/notifications-priv/config.rst				\
-	config/tape/config.rst					\
-	config/tape-job/config.rst				\
-	config/user/config.rst					\
-	config/remote/config.rst				\
-	config/sync/config.rst					\
-	config/verification/config.rst				\
 	config/acl/roles.rst					\
 	config/datastore/config.rst				\
-	config/domains/config.rst
+	config/domains/config.rst				\
+	config/media-pool/config.rst				\
+	config/notifications-priv/config.rst			\
+	config/notifications/config.rst				\
+	config/remote/config.rst				\
+	config/sync/config.rst					\
+	config/tape-job/config.rst				\
+	config/tape/config.rst					\
+	config/user/config.rst					\
+	config/verification/config.rst				\
+	config/prune/config.rst				\
+	pmt/synopsis.rst					\
+	pmtx/synopsis.rst					\
+	proxmox-backup-client/catalog-shell-synopsis.rst 	\
+	proxmox-backup-client/synopsis.rst			\
+	proxmox-backup-debug/synopsis.rst			\
+	proxmox-backup-manager/synopsis.rst			\
+	proxmox-file-restore/synopsis.rst			\
+	proxmox-tape/synopsis.rst				\
+	pxar/synopsis.rst					\
 
 MAN1_PAGES := 				\
-	pxar.1				\
-	pmtx.1				\
-	pmt.1				\
-	proxmox-tape.1			\
-	proxmox-backup-proxy.1		\
-	proxmox-backup-client.1		\
-	proxmox-backup-manager.1	\
-	proxmox-file-restore.1		\
-	proxmox-backup-debug.1		\
 	pbs2to3.1			\
+	pmt.1				\
+	pmtx.1				\
+	proxmox-backup-client.1		\
+	proxmox-backup-debug.1		\
+	proxmox-backup-manager.1	\
+	proxmox-backup-proxy.1		\
+	proxmox-file-restore.1		\
+	proxmox-tape.1			\
+	pxar.1				\
 
+# FIXME: prefix all man pages that are not directly relating to an existing executable with
+# `proxmox-backup.`, like the newer added proxmox-backup.node.cfg but add backwards compatible
+# symlinks, e.g. with a "5pbs" man page "suffix section".
 MAN5_PAGES :=				\
-	media-pool.cfg.5		\
-	tape.cfg.5			\
-	tape-job.cfg.5			\
 	acl.cfg.5			\
-	user.cfg.5			\
-	remote.cfg.5			\
-	sync.cfg.5			\
-	verification.cfg.5		\
 	datastore.cfg.5			\
 	domains.cfg.5			\
-	notifications.cfg.5		\
+	media-pool.cfg.5		\
+	proxmox-backup.node.cfg.5	\
 	notifications-priv.cfg.5	\
+	notifications.cfg.5		\
+	remote.cfg.5			\
+	sync.cfg.5			\
+	tape-job.cfg.5			\
+	tape.cfg.5			\
+	user.cfg.5			\
+	verification.cfg.5		\
+	prune.cfg.5				\
 
 PRUNE_SIMULATOR_FILES := 					\
 	prune-simulator/index.html				\
-	prune-simulator/documentation.html			\
 	prune-simulator/clear-trigger.png			\
-	prune-simulator/prune-simulator.js
+	prune-simulator/documentation.html			\
+	prune-simulator/prune-simulator.js			\
 
 PRUNE_SIMULATOR_JS_SOURCE :=						\
 	/usr/share/javascript/proxmox-widget-toolkit-dev/Toolkit.js	\
@@ -85,7 +91,7 @@ API_VIEWER_FILES :=							\
 	/usr/share/javascript/proxmox-widget-toolkit-dev/APIViewer.js	\
 
 # Sphinx documentation setup
-SPHINXOPTS    =
+SPHINXOPTS    = -E
 SPHINXBUILD   = sphinx-build
 BUILDDIR      = output
 

docs/backup-client.rst

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. _client_usage:
+
 Backup Client Usage
 ===================
 
@@ -44,6 +46,24 @@ user\@pbs!token@host:store       ``user@pbs!token`` host:8007          store
 [ff80::51]:1234:mydatastore      ``root@pam``       [ff80::51]:1234    mydatastore
 ================================ ================== ================== ===========
 
+.. _statically_linked_client:
+
+Statically Linked Backup Client
+-------------------------------
+
+A statically linked version of the Proxmox Backup client is available for Linux
+based systems where the regular client is not available. Please note that it is
+recommended to use the regular client when possible, as the statically linked
+client is not a full replacement. For example, name resolution will not be
+performed via the mechanisms provided by libc, but uses a resolver written
+purely in the Rust programming language. Therefore, features and modules
+provided by Name Service Switch cannot be used.
+
+The statically linked client is available via the ``pbs-client`` repository as
+described in the :ref:`installation <install_pbc>` section.
+
+.. _environment-variables:
+
 Environment Variables
 ---------------------
 
@@ -89,6 +109,43 @@ Environment Variables
    you can add arbitrary comments after the first newline.
 
 
+System and Service Credentials
+------------------------------
+
+Some of the :ref:`environment variables <environment-variables>` above can be
+set using `system and service credentials <https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS/>`_
+instead.
+
+============================ ==============================================
+Environment Variable         Credential Name Equivalent
+============================ ==============================================
+``PBS_REPOSITORY``           ``proxmox-backup-client.repository``
+``PBS_PASSWORD``             ``proxmox-backup-client.password``
+``PBS_ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD``  ``proxmox-backup-client.encryption-password``
+``PBS_FINGERPRINT``          ``proxmox-backup-client.fingerprint``
+============================ ==============================================
+
+For example, the repository password can be stored in an encrypted file as
+follows:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # systemd-ask-password -n | systemd-creds encrypt --name=proxmox-backup-client.password - my-api-token.cred
+
+The credential can then be reused inside of unit files or in a transient scope
+unit as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # systemd-run --pipe --wait \
+      --property=LoadCredentialEncrypted=proxmox-backup-client.password:/full/path/to/my-api-token.cred \
+      --property=SetCredential=proxmox-backup-client.repository:'my_default_repository' \
+      proxmox-backup-client ...
+
+Additionally, system credentials (e.g. passed down from the hypervisor to a
+virtual machine via SMBIOS type 11) can be loaded on a service via
+`LoadCredential=` as described in the manual page ``systemd.exec(5)``.
+
 Output Format
 -------------
 
@@ -169,6 +226,7 @@ the client. The format is:
 
     <archive-name>.<type>:<source-path>
 
+The ``archive-name`` must contain alphanumerics, hyphens and underscores only.
 Common types are ``.pxar`` for file archives and ``.img`` for block
 device images. To create a backup of a block device, run the following command:
 
@@ -272,13 +330,13 @@ parameter. For example:
 
 .. code-block:: console
 
-    # proxmox-backup-client backup.pxar:./linux --exclude /usr
+    # proxmox-backup-client backup archive-name.pxar:./linux --exclude /usr
 
 Multiple paths can be excluded like this:
 
 .. code-block:: console
 
-    # proxmox-backup-client backup.pxar:./linux --exclude=/usr --exclude=/rust
+    # proxmox-backup-client backup archive-name.pxar:./linux --exclude=/usr --exclude=/rust
 
 .. _client_change_detection_mode:
 
@@ -295,30 +353,22 @@ therefore deduplicated). If the backed up files are largely unchanged,
 re-reading and then detecting the corresponding chunks don't need to be uploaded
 after all is time consuming and undesired.
 
-The backup client's `change-detection-mode` can be switched from default to
-`metadata` based detection to reduce limitations as described above, instructing
-the client to avoid re-reading files with unchanged metadata whenever possible.
+The backup client's ``change-detection-mode`` can be switched from default to
+``metadata`` based detection to reduce limitations as described above,
+instructing the client to avoid re-reading files with unchanged metadata
+whenever possible.
 When using this mode, instead of the regular pxar archive, the backup snapshot
-is stored into two separate files: the `mpxar` containing the archive's metadata
-and the `ppxar` containing a concatenation of the file contents. This splitting
-allows for efficient metadata lookups.
+is stored into two separate files: the ``mpxar`` containing the archive's
+metadata and the ``ppxar`` containing a concatenation of the file contents. This
+splitting allows for efficient metadata lookups. When creating the backup
+archives, the current file metadata is compared to the one looked up in the
+previous ``mpxar`` archive. The operational details are explained more in depth
+in the :ref:`technical documentation <change-detection-mode-metadata>`.
 
-Using the `change-detection-mode` set to `data` allows to create the same split
-archive as when using the `metadata` mode, but without using a previous
-reference and therefore reencoding all file payloads.
-When creating the backup archives, the current file metadata is compared to the
-one looked up in the previous `mpxar` archive.
-The metadata comparison includes file size, file type, ownership and permission
-information, as well as acls and attributes and most importantly the file's
-mtime, for details see the
-:ref:`pxar metadata archive format <pxar-meta-format>`.
-
-If unchanged, the entry is cached for possible re-use of content chunks without
-re-reading, by indexing the already present chunks containing the contents from
-the previous backup snapshot. Since the file might only partially re-use chunks
-(thereby introducing wasted space in the form of padding), the decision whether
-to re-use or re-encode the currently cached entries is postponed to when enough
-information is available, comparing the possible padding to a threshold value.
+Using the ``change-detection-mode`` set to ``data`` allows to create the same
+split archive as when using the ``metadata`` mode, but without using a previous
+reference and therefore reencoding all file payloads. For details of this mode
+please see the :ref:`technical documentation <change-detection-mode-data>`.
 
 .. _client_change_detection_mode_table:
 
@@ -337,7 +387,7 @@ mode:
 
 .. code-block:: console
 
-    # proxmox-backup-client backup.pxar:./linux --change-detection-mode=metadata
+    # proxmox-backup-client backup archive-name.pxar:./linux --change-detection-mode=metadata
 
 .. _client_encryption:
 
@@ -478,6 +528,8 @@ version of your master key. The following command sends the output of the
   proxmox-backup-client key paperkey --output-format text > qrkey.txt
 
 
+.. _client_restoring_data:
+
 Restoring Data
 --------------
 
@@ -789,29 +841,25 @@ Garbage Collection
 ------------------
 
 The ``prune`` command removes only the backup index files, not the data
-from the datastore. This task is left to the garbage collection
-command. It is recommended to carry out garbage collection on a regular basis.
+from the datastore. Deletion of unused backup data from the datastore is done by
+:ref:`garbage collection<_maintenance_gc>`. It is therefore recommended to
+schedule garbage collection tasks on a regular basis. The working principle of
+garbage collection is described in more details in the related :ref:`background
+section <gc_background>`.
 
-The garbage collection works in two phases. In the first phase, all
-data blocks that are still in use are marked. In the second phase,
-unused data blocks are removed.
+To start garbage collection from the client side, run the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client garbage-collect
 
 .. note:: This command needs to read all existing backup index files
   and touches the complete chunk-store. This can take a long time
   depending on the number of chunks and the speed of the underlying
   disks.
 
-.. note:: The garbage collection will only remove chunks that haven't been used
-   for at least one day (exactly 24h 5m). This grace period is necessary because
-   chunks in use are marked by touching the chunk which updates the ``atime``
-   (access time) property. Filesystems are mounted with the ``relatime`` option
-   by default. This results in a better performance by only updating the
-   ``atime`` property if the last access has been at least 24 hours ago. The
-   downside is that touching a chunk within these 24 hours will not always
-   update its ``atime`` property.
-
-   Chunks in the grace period will be logged at the end of the garbage
-   collection task as *Pending removals*.
+The progress of the garbage collection will be displayed as shown in the example
+below:
 
 .. code-block:: console
 

docs/certificate-management.rst

@@ -44,10 +44,8 @@ web-interface/API or using the ``proxmox-backup-manager`` CLI tool.
 Upload Custom Certificate
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-If you already have a certificate which you want to use for a Proxmox
-Mail Gateway host, you can simply upload that certificate over the web
-interface.
-
+If you already have a certificate which you want to use for a `Proxmox Backup`_
+host, you can simply upload that certificate over the web interface.
 
 .. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-certs-upload-custom.png
   :target: _images/pbs-gui-certs-upload-custom.png

docs/conf.py

@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ master_doc = 'index'
 
 # General information about the project.
 project = 'Proxmox Backup'
-copyright = '2019-2023, Proxmox Server Solutions GmbH'
+copyright = '2019-2025, Proxmox Server Solutions GmbH'
 author = 'Proxmox Support Team'
 
 # The version info for the project you're documenting acts as a replacement for
@@ -108,12 +108,14 @@ man_pages = [
     ('config/datastore/man5', 'datastore.cfg', 'Datastore Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/domains/man5', 'domains.cfg', 'Realm Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/media-pool/man5', 'media-pool.cfg', 'Media Pool Configuration', [author], 5),
+    ('config/node/man5', 'proxmox-backup.node.cfg', 'Proxmox Backup Server - Node Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/remote/man5', 'remote.cfg', 'Remote Server Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/sync/man5', 'sync.cfg', 'Synchronization Job Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/tape-job/man5', 'tape-job.cfg', 'Tape Job Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/tape/man5', 'tape.cfg', 'Tape Drive and Changer Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/user/man5', 'user.cfg', 'User Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/verification/man5', 'verification.cfg', 'Verification Job Configuration', [author], 5),
+    ('config/prune/man5', 'prune.cfg', 'Prune Job Configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/notifications/man5', 'notifications.cfg', 'Notification target/matcher configuration', [author], 5),
     ('config/notifications-priv/man5', 'notifications-priv.cfg', 'Notification target secrets', [author], 5),
 ]

docs/config/node/format.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+The file contains these options:
+
+:acme: The ACME account to use on this node.
+
+:acmedomain0: ACME domain.
+
+:acmedomain1: ACME domain.
+
+:acmedomain2: ACME domain.
+
+:acmedomain3: ACME domain.
+
+:acmedomain4: ACME domain.
+
+:http-proxy: Set proxy for apt and subscription checks.
+
+:email-from: Fallback email from which notifications will be sent.
+
+:ciphers-tls-1.3: List of TLS ciphers for TLS 1.3 that will be used by the proxy. Colon-separated and in descending priority (https://docs.openssl.org/master/man1/openssl-ciphers/). (Proxy has to be restarted for changes to take effect.)
+
+:ciphers-tls-1.2: List of TLS ciphers for TLS <= 1.2 that will be used by the proxy. Colon-separated and in descending priority (https://docs.openssl.org/master/man1/openssl-ciphers/). (Proxy has to be restarted for changes to take effect.)
+
+:default-lang: Default language used in the GUI.
+
+:description: Node description.
+
+:task-log-max-days: Maximum days to keep task logs.
+
+For example:
+
+::
+
+  acme: local
+  acmedomain0: first.domain.com
+  acmedomain1: second.domain.com
+  acmedomain2: third.domain.com
+  acmedomain3: fourth.domain.com
+  acmedomain4: fifth.domain.com
+  http-proxy: internal.proxy.com
+  email-from: proxmox@mail.com
+  ciphers-tls-1.3: TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256:TLS_AES_128_CCM_8_SHA256:TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
+  ciphers-tls-1.2: RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM:DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM
+  default-lang: en
+  description: Primary PBS instance
+  task-log-max-days: 30
+
+
+You can use the ``proxmox-backup-manager node`` command to manipulate
+this file.

docs/config/node/man5.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+:orphan:
+
+========
+node.cfg
+========
+
+Description
+===========
+
+The file /etc/proxmox-backup/node.cfg is a configuration file for Proxmox
+Backup Server. It contains the general configuration regarding this node.
+
+Options
+=======
+
+.. include:: format.rst
+
+.. include:: ../../pbs-copyright.rst

docs/config/notifications-priv/man5.rst

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description
 ===========
 
 The file /etc/proxmox-backup/notifications-priv.cfg is a configuration file
-for Proxmox Backup Server. It contains the configration for the 
+for Proxmox Backup Server. It contains the configuration for the
 notification system configuration.
 
 File Format

docs/config/notifications/man5.rst

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description
 ===========
 
 The file /etc/proxmox-backup/notifications.cfg is a configuration file
-for Proxmox Backup Server. It contains the configration for the 
+for Proxmox Backup Server. It contains the configuration for the
 notification system configuration.
 
 File Format

docs/config/prune/format.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Each entry starts with the header ``prune: <name>``, followed by the job
+configuration options.
+
+::
+
+  prune: prune-store2
+	schedule mon..fri 10:30
+	store my-datastore
+
+  prune: ...
+
+
+You can use the ``proxmox-backup-manager prune-job`` command to manipulate this
+file.

docs/config/prune/man5.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+:orphan:
+
+=========
+prune.cfg
+=========
+
+Description
+===========
+
+The file /etc/proxmox-backup/prune.cfg is a configuration file for Proxmox
+Backup Server. It contains the prune job configuration.
+
+File Format
+===========
+
+.. include:: format.rst
+
+Options
+=======
+
+.. include:: config.rst
+
+.. include:: ../../pbs-copyright.rst

docs/config/verification/man5.rst

@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ verification.cfg
 Description
 ===========
 
-The file /etc/proxmox-backup/sync.cfg is a configuration file for Proxmox
-Backup Server. It contains the verification job configuration.
+The file /etc/proxmox-backup/verification.cfg is a configuration file for
+Proxmox Backup Server. It contains the verification job configuration.
 
 File Format
 ===========

docs/configuration-files.rst

@@ -67,6 +67,14 @@ Options
 
 .. include:: config/media-pool/config.rst
 
+``node.cfg``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. include:: config/node/format.rst
+
 .. _notifications.cfg:
 
 ``notifications.cfg``
@@ -100,6 +108,21 @@ Options
 .. include:: config/notifications-priv/config.rst
 
 
+``prune.cfg``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+File Format
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. include:: config/prune/format.rst
+
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. include:: config/prune/config.rst
+
+
 ``tape.cfg``
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
 

docs/external-metric-server.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+External Metric Server
+----------------------
+
+Proxmox Backup Server periodically sends various metrics about your host's memory,
+network and disk activity to configured external metric servers.
+
+Currently supported are:
+
+ * InfluxDB (HTTP) (see https://docs.influxdata.com/influxdb/v2/ )
+ * InfluxDB (UDP) (see https://docs.influxdata.com/influxdb/v1/ )
+
+The external metric server definitions are saved in
+'/etc/proxmox-backup/metricserver.cfg', and can be edited through the web
+interface.
+
+.. note::
+
+   Using HTTP is recommended as UDP support has been dropped in InfluxDB v2.
+
+InfluxDB (HTTP) plugin configuration
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The plugin can be configured to use the HTTP(s) API of InfluxDB 2.x.
+InfluxDB 1.8.x does contain a forwards compatible API endpoint for this v2 API.
+
+Since InfluxDB's v2 API is only available with authentication, you have
+to generate a token that can write into the correct bucket and set it.
+
+In the v2 compatible API of 1.8.x, you can use 'user:password' as token
+(if required), and can omit the 'organization' since that has no meaning in InfluxDB 1.x.
+
+You can also set the maximum batch size (default 25000000 bytes) with the
+'max-body-size' setting (this corresponds to the InfluxDB setting with the
+same name).
+
+InfluxDB (UDP) plugin configuration
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Proxmox Backup Server can also send data via UDP. This requires the InfluxDB
+server to be configured correctly. The MTU can also be configured here if
+necessary.
+
+Here is an example configuration for InfluxDB (on your InfluxDB server):
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   [[udp]]
+      enabled = true
+      bind-address = "0.0.0.0:8089"
+      database = "proxmox"
+      batch-size = 1000
+      batch-timeout = "1s"
+
+With this configuration, the InfluxDB server listens on all IP addresses on
+port 8089, and writes the data in the *proxmox* database.

docs/gui.rst

@@ -40,6 +40,16 @@ Proxmox Backup Server supports various languages and authentication back ends
 .. note:: For convenience, you can save the username on the client side, by
   selecting the "Save User name" checkbox at the bottom of the window.
 
+.. _consent_banner:
+
+Consent Banner
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+A custom consent banner that has to be accepted before login can be configured
+in **Configuration -> Other -> General -> Consent Text**. If there is no
+content, the consent banner will not be displayed. The text will be stored as a
+base64 string in the ``/etc/proxmox-backup/node.cfg`` config file.
+
 
 GUI Overview
 ------------

docs/installation-media.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+.. _installation_medium:
+
+Installation Medium
+-------------------
+
+Proxmox Backup Server can be installed via
+:ref:`different methods <install_pbs>`. The recommended method is the
+usage of an installation medium, to simply boot the interactive
+installer.
+
+Prepare Installation Medium
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Download the installer ISO image from |DOWNLOADS|.
+
+The Proxmox Backup Server installation medium is a hybrid ISO image.
+It works in two ways:
+
+- An ISO image file ready to burn to a DVD.
+
+- A raw sector (IMG) image file ready to copy to a USB flash drive (USB stick).
+
+Using a USB flash drive to install Proxmox Backup Server is the
+recommended way since it is the faster and more frequently available
+option these days.
+
+Prepare a USB Flash Drive as Installation Medium
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The flash drive needs to have at least 2 GB of storage space.
+
+.. note::
+
+   Do not use *UNetbootin*. It does not work with the Proxmox Backup
+   Server installation image.
+
+.. important::
+
+   Existing data on the USB flash drive will be overwritten.
+   Therefore, make sure that it does not contain any still needed data
+   and unmount it afterwards again before proceeding.
+
+Instructions for GNU/Linux
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+On Unix-like operating systems use the ``dd`` command to copy the ISO
+image to the USB flash drive. First find the correct device name of the
+USB flash drive (see below). Then run the ``dd`` command. Depending on
+your environment, you will need to have root privileges to execute
+``dd``.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # dd bs=1M conv=fdatasync if=./proxmox-backup-server_*.iso of=/dev/XYZ
+
+.. note::
+
+   Be sure to replace ``/dev/XYZ`` with the correct device name and adapt
+   the input filename (*if*) path.
+
+.. caution::
+
+   Be very careful, and do not overwrite the wrong disk!
+
+Find the Correct USB Device Name
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+There are two ways to find out the name of the USB flash drive. The
+first one is to compare the last lines of the ``dmesg`` command output
+before and after plugging in the flash drive. The second way is to
+compare the output of the ``lsblk`` command. Open a terminal and run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # lsblk
+
+Then plug in your USB flash drive and run the command again:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # lsblk
+
+A new device will appear. This is the one you want to use. To be on the
+extra safe side check if the reported size matches your USB flash drive.
+
+Instructions for macOS
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Open the terminal (query *Terminal* in Spotlight).
+
+Convert the ``.iso`` file to ``.dmg`` format using the convert option of
+``hdiutil``, for example:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # hdiutil convert proxmox-backup-server_*.iso -format UDRW -o proxmox-backup-server_*.dmg
+
+.. note::
+
+   macOS tends to automatically add ``.dmg`` to the output file name.
+
+To get the current list of devices run the command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # diskutil list
+
+Now insert the USB flash drive and run this command again to determine
+which device node has been assigned to it. (e.g., ``/dev/diskX``).
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # diskutil list
+   # diskutil unmountDisk /dev/diskX
+
+.. note::
+
+   replace *X* with the disk number from the last command.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # sudo dd if=proxmox-backup-server_*.dmg bs=1M of=/dev/rdiskX
+
+.. note::
+
+   *rdiskX*, instead of *diskX*, in the last command is intended. It
+   will increase the write speed.
+
+Instructions for Windows
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Using Etcher
+^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Etcher works out of the box. Download Etcher from https://etcher.io. It
+will guide you through the process of selecting the ISO and your USB
+flash drive.
+
+Using Rufus
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Rufus is a more lightweight alternative, but you need to use the **DD
+mode** to make it work. Download Rufus from https://rufus.ie/. Either
+install it or use the portable version. Select the destination drive
+and the downloaded Proxmox ISO file.
+
+.. important::
+
+   Once you click *Start*, you have to click *No* on the dialog asking to
+   download a different version of Grub. In the next dialog select **DD mode**.
+
+Use the Installation Medium
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Insert the created USB flash drive (or DVD) into your server. Continue
+by reading the :ref:`installer <using_the_installer>` chapter, which
+also describes possible boot issues.

docs/installation.rst

@@ -7,7 +7,9 @@ Debian_ from the provided package repository.
 
 .. include:: system-requirements.rst
 
-.. include:: package-repositories.rst
+.. include:: installation-media.rst
+
+.. _install_pbs:
 
 Server Installation
 -------------------
@@ -18,44 +20,37 @@ for various management tasks such as disk management.
 .. note:: You always need a backup server. It is not possible to use
    Proxmox Backup without the server part.
 
-The disk image (ISO file) provided by Proxmox includes a complete Debian system
-as well as all necessary packages for the Proxmox Backup Server.
+Using our provided disk image (ISO file) is the recommended
+installation method, as it includes a convenient installer, a complete
+Debian system as well as all necessary packages for the Proxmox Backup
+Server.
 
-The installer will guide you through the setup process and allow
-you to partition the local disk(s), apply basic system configuration
-(for example timezone, language, network), and install all required packages.
-The provided ISO will get you started in just a few minutes, and is the
-recommended method for new and existing users.
+Once you have created an :ref:`installation_medium`, the booted
+:ref:`installer <using_the_installer>` will guide you through the
+setup process. It will help you to partition your disks, apply basic
+settings such as the language, time zone and network configuration,
+and finally install all required packages within minutes.
 
-Alternatively, Proxmox Backup Server can be installed on top of an
-existing Debian system.
+As an alternative to the interactive installer, advanced users may
+wish to install Proxmox Backup Server
+:ref:`unattended <install_pbs_unattended>`.
 
-Install `Proxmox Backup`_ Server using the Installer
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+With sufficient Debian knowledge, you can also install Proxmox Backup
+Server :ref:`on top of Debian <install_pbs_on_debian>` yourself.
 
-Download the ISO from |DOWNLOADS|.
-It includes the following:
+While not recommended, Proxmox Backup Server could also be installed
+:ref:`on Proxmox VE <install_pbs_on_pve>`.
 
-* The Proxmox Backup Server installer, which partitions the local
-  disk(s) with ext4, xfs or ZFS, and installs the operating system
+.. include:: using-the-installer.rst
 
-* Complete operating system (Debian Linux, 64-bit)
-
-* Proxmox Linux kernel with ZFS support
-
-* Complete tool-set to administer backups and all necessary resources
-
-* Web based management interface
-
-.. note:: During the installation process, the complete server
-   is used by default and all existing data is removed.
+.. _install_pbs_unattended:
 
 Install `Proxmox Backup`_ Server Unattended
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-It is possible to install {pve} automatically in an unattended manner. This
-enables you to fully automate the setup process on bare-metal. Once the
-installation is complete and the host has booted up, automation tools like
-Ansible can be used to further configure the installation.
+It is possible to install Proxmox Backup Server automatically in an
+unattended manner. This enables you to fully automate the setup process on
+bare-metal. Once the installation is complete and the host has booted up,
+automation tools like Ansible can be used to further configure the installation.
 
 The necessary options for the installer must be provided in an answer file.
 This file allows the use of filter rules to determine which disks and network
@@ -66,6 +61,7 @@ installation ISO.  For more details and information on the unattended
 installation see `our wiki
 <https://pve.proxmox.com/wiki/Automated_Installation>`_.
 
+.. _install_pbs_on_debian:
 
 Install `Proxmox Backup`_ Server on Debian
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -103,6 +99,8 @@ support, and a set of common and useful packages.
    your web browser, using HTTPS on port 8007. For example at
    ``https://<ip-or-dns-name>:8007``
 
+.. _install_pbs_on_pve:
+
 Install Proxmox Backup Server on `Proxmox VE`_
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
@@ -123,6 +121,8 @@ After configuring the
    your web browser, using HTTPS on port 8007. For example at
    ``https://<ip-or-dns-name>:8007``
 
+.. _install_pbc:
+
 Client Installation
 -------------------
 
@@ -138,7 +138,26 @@ you need to run:
   # apt update
   # apt install proxmox-backup-client
 
+Install Statically Linked Proxmox Backup Client
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-.. note:: The client-only repository should be usable by most recent Debian and
-   Ubuntu derivatives.
+Proxmox provides a statically linked build of the Proxmox backup client that
+should run on any modern x86-64 Linux system.
 
+It is currently available as a Debian package. After configuring the
+:ref:`package_repositories_client_only_apt`, you need to run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # apt update
+  # apt install proxmox-backup-client-static
+
+This package conflicts with the `proxmox-backup-client` package, as both
+provide the client as an executable in the `/usr/bin/proxmox-backup-client`
+path.
+
+You can copy this executable to other, e.g. non-Debian based Linux systems.
+
+For details on using the Proxmox Backup Client, see :ref:`client_usage`.
+
+.. include:: package-repositories.rst

docs/local-zfs.rst

@@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ systems with more than 256 GiB of total memory, where simply setting
 
   # update-initramfs -u
 
+.. _zfs_swap:
 
 Swap on ZFS
 ^^^^^^^^^^^

docs/lto-barcode/page-calibration.js

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Ext.define('PageCalibration', {
 		    xtype: 'numberfield',
 		    value: 'a4',
 		    name: 's_x',
-		    fieldLabel: 'Meassured Start Offset Sx (mm)',
+		    fieldLabel: 'Measured Start Offset Sx (mm)',
 		    allowBlank: false,
 		    labelWidth: 200,
 		},
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Ext.define('PageCalibration', {
 		    xtype: 'numberfield',
 		    value: 'a4',
 		    name: 'd_x',
-		    fieldLabel: 'Meassured Length Dx (mm)',
+		    fieldLabel: 'Measured Length Dx (mm)',
 		    allowBlank: false,
 		    labelWidth: 200,
 		},
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Ext.define('PageCalibration', {
 		    xtype: 'numberfield',
 		    value: 'a4',
 		    name: 's_y',
-		    fieldLabel: 'Meassured Start Offset Sy (mm)',
+		    fieldLabel: 'Measured Start Offset Sy (mm)',
 		    allowBlank: false,
 		    labelWidth: 200,
 		},
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Ext.define('PageCalibration', {
 		    xtype: 'numberfield',
 		    value: 'a4',
 		    name: 'd_y',
-		    fieldLabel: 'Meassured Length Dy (mm)',
+		    fieldLabel: 'Measured Length Dy (mm)',
 		    allowBlank: false,
 		    labelWidth: 200,
 		},

docs/maintenance.rst

@@ -6,8 +6,34 @@ Maintenance Tasks
 Pruning
 -------
 
-Prune lets you specify which backup snapshots you want to keep.
-The following retention options are available:
+Prune lets you specify which backup snapshots you want to keep, removing others.
+When pruning a snapshot, only the snapshot metadata (manifest, indices, blobs,
+log and notes) is removed. The chunks containing the actual backup data and
+previously referenced by the pruned snapshot, have to be removed by a garbage
+collection run.
+
+.. Caution:: Take into consideration that sensitive information stored in a
+   given data chunk will outlive pruned snapshots and remain present in the
+   datastore as long as referenced by at least one backup snapshot. Further,
+   *even* if no snapshot references a given chunk, it will remain present until
+   removed by the garbage collection.
+
+   Moreover, file-level backups created using the change detection mode
+   ``metadata`` can reference backup chunks containing files which have vanished
+   since the previous backup. These files might still be accessible by reading
+   the chunks raw data (client or server side).
+
+   To remove chunks containing sensitive data, prune any snapshot made while the
+   data was part of the backup input and run a garbage collection. Further, if
+   using file-based backups with change detection mode ``metadata``,
+   additionally prune all snapshots since the sensitive data was no longer part
+   of the backup input and run a garbage collection.
+
+   The no longer referenced chunks will then be marked for deletion on the next
+   garbage collection run and removed by a subsequent run after the grace
+   period.
+
+The following retention options are available for pruning:
 
 ``keep-last <N>``
   Keep the last ``<N>`` backup snapshots.
@@ -171,6 +197,8 @@ It's recommended to setup a schedule to ensure that unused space is cleaned up
 periodically. For most setups a weekly schedule provides a good interval to
 start.
 
+.. _gc_background:
+
 GC Background
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
@@ -196,17 +224,31 @@ datastore or interfering with other backups.
 The garbage collection (GC) process is performed per datastore and is split
 into two phases:
 
-- Phase one: Mark
-  All index files are read, and the access time of the referred chunk files is
-  updated.
+- Phase one (Mark):
 
-- Phase two: Sweep
-  The task iterates over all chunks, checks their file access time, and if it
-  is older than the cutoff time (i.e., the time when GC started, plus some
-  headroom for safety and Linux file system behavior), the task knows that the
-  chunk was neither referred to in any backup index nor part of any currently
-  running backup that has no index to scan for. As such, the chunk can be
-  safely deleted.
+  All index files are read, and the access time (``atime``) of the referenced
+  chunk files is updated.
+
+- Phase two (Sweep):
+
+  The task iterates over all chunks and checks their file access time against a
+  cutoff time. The cutoff time is given by either the oldest backup writer
+  instance, if present, or 24 hours and 5 minutes before the start of the
+  garbage collection.
+
+  Garbage collection considers chunk files with access time older than the
+  cutoff time to be neither referenced by any backup snapshot's index, nor part
+  of any currently running backup job. Therefore, these chunks can safely be
+  deleted.
+
+  Chunks within the grace period will not be deleted and logged at the end of
+  the garbage collection task as *Pending removals*.
+
+.. note:: The grace period for backup chunk removal is not arbitrary, but stems
+   from the fact that filesystems are typically mounted with the ``relatime``
+   option by default. This results in better performance by only updating the
+   ``atime`` property if a file has been modified since the last access or the
+   last access has been at least 24 hours ago.
 
 Manually Starting GC
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

docs/managing-remotes.rst

@@ -69,6 +69,13 @@ sync-job`` command. The configuration information for sync jobs is stored at
 in the GUI, or use the ``create`` subcommand. After creating a sync job, you can
 either start it manually from the GUI or provide it with a schedule (see
 :ref:`calendar-event-scheduling`) to run regularly.
+Backup snapshots, groups and namespaces which are no longer available on the
+**Remote** datastore can be removed from the local datastore as well by setting
+the ``remove-vanished`` option for the sync job.
+Setting the ``verified-only`` or ``encrypted-only`` flags allows to limit the
+sync jobs to backup snapshots which have been verified or encrypted,
+respectively. This is particularly of interest when sending backups to a less
+trusted remote backup server.
 
 .. code-block:: console
 
@@ -132,6 +139,12 @@ For mixing include and exclude filter, following rules apply:
 
 .. note:: The ``protected`` flag of remote backup snapshots will not be synced.
 
+Enabling the advanced option 'resync-corrupt' will re-sync all snapshots that have 
+failed to verify during the last :ref:`maintenance_verification`. Hence, a verification
+job needs to be run before a sync job with 'resync-corrupt' can be carried out. Be aware
+that a 'resync-corrupt'-job needs to check the manifests of all snapshots in a datastore
+and might take much longer than regular sync jobs.
+
 Namespace Support
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
@@ -218,9 +231,52 @@ Bandwidth Limit
 
 Syncing a datastore to an archive can produce a lot of traffic and impact other
 users of the network. In order to avoid network or storage congestion, you can
-limit the bandwidth of the sync job by setting the ``rate-in`` option either in
-the web interface or using the ``proxmox-backup-manager`` command-line tool:
+limit the bandwidth of a sync job in pull direction by setting the ``rate-in``
+option either in the web interface or using the ``proxmox-backup-manager``
+command-line tool:
 
 .. code-block:: console
 
     # proxmox-backup-manager sync-job update ID --rate-in 20MiB
+
+For sync jobs in push direction use the ``rate-out`` option instead.
+
+Sync Direction Push
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Sync jobs can be configured for pull or push direction. Sync jobs in push
+direction are not identical in behaviour because of the limited access to the
+target datastore via the remote servers API. Most notably, pushed content will
+always be owned by the user configured in the remote configuration, being
+independent from the local user as configured in the sync job. Latter is used
+exclusively for permission check and scope checks on the pushing side.
+
+.. note:: It is strongly advised to create a dedicated remote configuration for
+   each individual sync job in push direction, using a dedicated user on the
+   remote. Otherwise, sync jobs pushing to the same target might remove each
+   others snapshots and/or groups, if the remove vanished flag is set or skip
+   snapshots if the backup time is not incremental.
+   This is because the backup groups on the target are owned by the user
+   given in the remote configuration.
+
+The following permissions are required for a sync job in push direction:
+
+#. ``Remote.Audit`` on ``/remote/{remote}`` and ``Remote.DatastoreBackup`` on
+   ``/remote/{remote}/{remote-store}/{remote-ns}`` path or subnamespace.
+#. At least ``Datastore.Read`` and ``Datastore.Audit`` on the local source
+   datastore namespace (``/datastore/{store}/{ns}``) or ``Datastore.Backup`` if
+   owner of the sync job.
+#. ``Remote.DatastorePrune`` on ``/remote/{remote}/{remote-store}/{remote-ns}``
+   path to remove vanished snapshots and groups. Make sure to use a dedicated
+   remote for each sync job in push direction as noted above.
+#. ``Remote.DatastoreModify`` on ``/remote/{remote}/{remote-store}/{remote-ns}``
+   path to remove vanished namespaces. A remote user with limited access should
+   be used on the remote backup server instance. Consider the implications as
+   noted below.
+
+.. note:: ``Remote.DatastoreModify`` will allow to remove whole namespaces on the
+   remote target datastore, independent of ownership. Make sure the user as
+   configured in remote.cfg has limited permissions on the remote side.
+
+.. note:: Sync jobs in push direction require namespace support on the remote
+   Proxmox Backup Server instance (minimum version 2.2).

docs/notifications.rst

@@ -7,26 +7,25 @@ Overview
 --------
 
 * Proxmox Backup Server emits :ref:`notification_events` in case of noteworthy
-  events in the system. These events are handled by the notification system.
-  A notification event has metadata, for example a timestamp, a severity level,
-  a type and other metadata fields.
-* :ref:`notification_matchers` route a notification event to one or more notification
-  targets. A matcher can have match rules to selectively route based on the metadata
-  of a notification event.
+  events in the system. These events are handled by the notification system. A
+  notification event has metadata, for example a timestamp, a severity level, a
+  type and other metadata fields.
+* :ref:`notification_matchers` route a notification event to one or more
+  notification targets. A matcher can have match rules to selectively route
+  based on the metadata of a notification event.
 * :ref:`notification_targets` are a destination to which a notification event
   is routed to by a matcher. There are multiple types of target, mail-based
   (Sendmail and SMTP) and Gotify.
 
 Datastores and tape backup jobs have a configurable :ref:`notification_mode`.
-It allows you to choose between the notification system and a legacy mode
-for sending notification emails. The legacy mode is equivalent to the
-way notifications were handled before Proxmox Backup Server 3.2.
+It allows you to choose between the notification system and a legacy mode for
+sending notification emails. The legacy mode is equivalent to the way
+notifications were handled before Proxmox Backup Server 3.2.
 
-The notification system can be configured in the GUI under
-*Configuration → Notifications*. The configuration is stored in
-:ref:`notifications.cfg` and :ref:`notifications_priv.cfg` -
-the latter contains sensitive configuration options such as
-passwords or authentication tokens for notification targets and
+The notification system can be configured in the GUI under *Configuration →
+Notifications*. The configuration is stored in :ref:`notifications.cfg` and
+:ref:`notifications_priv.cfg` - the latter contains sensitive configuration
+options such as passwords or authentication tokens for notification targets and
 can only be read by ``root``.
 
 .. _notification_targets:
@@ -41,22 +40,23 @@ Proxmox Backup Server offers multiple types of notification targets.
 Sendmail
 ^^^^^^^^
 The sendmail binary is a program commonly found on Unix-like operating systems
-that handles the sending of email messages.
-It is a command-line utility that allows users and applications to send emails
-directly from the command line or from within scripts.
+that handles the sending of email messages. It is a command-line utility that
+allows users and applications to send emails directly from the command line or
+from within scripts.
 
-The sendmail notification target uses the ``sendmail`` binary to send emails to a
-list of configured users or email addresses. If a user is selected as a recipient,
-the email address configured in user's settings will be used.
-For the ``root@pam`` user, this is the email address entered during installation.
-A user's email address can be configured in ``Configuration -> Access Control -> User Management``.
-If a user has no associated email address, no email will be sent.
+The sendmail notification target uses the ``sendmail`` binary to send emails to
+a list of configured users or email addresses. If a user is selected as a
+recipient, the email address configured in user's settings will be used. For
+the ``root@pam`` user, this is the email address entered during installation. A
+user's email address can be configured in ``Configuration → Access Control →
+User Management``. If a user has no associated email address, no email will be
+sent.
 
-.. NOTE:: In standard Proxmox Backup Server installations, the ``sendmail`` binary is provided by
-   Postfix. It may be necessary to configure Postfix so that it can deliver
-   mails correctly - for example by setting an external mail relay (smart host).
-   In case of failed delivery, check the system logs for messages logged by
-   the Postfix daemon.
+.. NOTE:: In standard Proxmox Backup Server installations, the ``sendmail``
+   binary is provided by Postfix. It may be necessary to configure Postfix so
+   that it can deliver mails correctly - for example by setting an external
+   mail relay (smart host). In case of failed delivery, check the system logs
+   for messages logged by the Postfix daemon.
 
 See :ref:`notifications.cfg` for all configuration options.
 
@@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ See :ref:`notifications.cfg` for all configuration options.
 
 SMTP
 ^^^^
-SMTP notification targets can send emails directly to an SMTP mail relay.
-This target does not use the system's MTA to deliver emails.
-Similar to sendmail targets, if a user is selected as a recipient, the user's configured
-email address will be used.
+SMTP notification targets can send emails directly to an SMTP mail relay. This
+target does not use the system's MTA to deliver emails. Similar to sendmail
+targets, if a user is selected as a recipient, the user's configured email
+address will be used.
 
-.. NOTE:: Unlike sendmail targets, SMTP targets do not have any queuing/retry mechanism
-   in case of a failed mail delivery.
+.. NOTE:: Unlike sendmail targets, SMTP targets do not have any queuing/retry
+   mechanism in case of a failed mail delivery.
 
 See :ref:`notifications.cfg` for all configuration options.
 
@@ -78,32 +78,139 @@ See :ref:`notifications.cfg` for all configuration options.
 
 Gotify
 ^^^^^^
-`Gotify <http://gotify.net>`_ is an open-source self-hosted notification server that
-allows you to send push notifications to various devices and
-applications. It provides a simple API and web interface, making it easy to
-integrate with different platforms and services.
+`Gotify <http://gotify.net>`_ is an open-source self-hosted notification server
+that allows you to send push notifications to various devices and applications.
+It provides a simple API and web interface, making it easy to integrate with
+different platforms and services.
+
+.. NOTE:: Gotify targets will respect the HTTP proxy settings from
+   Configuration → Other → HTTP proxy
 
 See :ref:`notifications.cfg` for all configuration options.
 
+.. _notification_targets_webhook:
+Webhook
+^^^^^^^
+Webhook notification targets perform HTTP requests to a configurable URL.
+
+The following configuration options are available:
+
+* ``url``: The URL to which to perform the HTTP requests. Supports templating
+  to inject message contents, metadata and secrets.
+* ``method``: HTTP Method to use (POST/PUT/GET)
+* ``header``: Array of HTTP headers that should be set for the request.
+  Supports templating to inject message contents, metadata and secrets.
+* ``body``: HTTP body that should be sent. Supports templating to inject
+  message contents, metadata and secrets.
+* ``secret``: Array of secret key-value pairs. These will be stored in a
+  protected configuration file only readable by root. Secrets can be
+  accessed in body/header/URL templates via the ``secrets`` namespace.
+* ``comment``: Comment for this target.
+
+For configuration options that support templating, the `Handlebars
+<https://handlebarsjs.com>`_ syntax can be used to access the following
+properties:
+
+* ``{{ title }}``: The rendered notification title
+* ``{{ message }}``: The rendered notification body
+* ``{{ severity }}``: The severity of the notification (``info``, ``notice``,
+  ``warning``, ``error``, ``unknown``)
+* ``{{ timestamp }}``: The notification's timestamp as a UNIX epoch (in
+  seconds).
+* ``{{ fields.<name> }}``: Sub-namespace for any metadata fields of the
+  notification. For instance, ``fields.type`` contains the notification
+  type - for all available fields refer to :ref:`notification_events`.
+* ``{{ secrets.<name> }}``: Sub-namespace for secrets. For instance, a secret
+  named ``token`` is accessible via ``secrets.token``.
+
+For convenience, the following helpers are available:
+
+* ``{{ url-encode <value/property> }}``: URL-encode a property/literal.
+* ``{{ escape <value/property> }}``: Escape any control characters that cannot
+  be safely represented as a JSON string.
+* ``{{ json <value/property> }}``: Render a value as JSON. This can be useful
+  to pass a whole sub-namespace (e.g. ``fields``) as a part of a JSON payload
+  (e.g. ``{{ json fields }}``).
+
+
+.. NOTE:: Webhook targets will respect the HTTP proxy settings from
+   Configuration → Other → HTTP proxy
+
+Example - ntfy.sh
+"""""""""""""""""
+
+* Method: ``POST``
+* URL: ``https://ntfy.sh/{{ secrets.channel }}``
+* Headers:
+
+  * ``Markdown``: ``Yes``
+* Body::
+
+    ```
+    {{ message }}
+    ```
+
+* Secrets:
+
+  * ``channel``: ``<your ntfy.sh channel>``
+
+Example - Discord
+"""""""""""""""""
+
+* Method: ``POST``
+* URL: ``https://discord.com/api/webhooks/{{ secrets.token }}``
+* Headers:
+
+  * ``Content-Type``: ``application/json``
+
+* Body::
+
+    {
+      "content": "``` {{ escape message }}```"
+    }
+
+* Secrets:
+
+  * ``token``: ``<token>``
+
+Example - Slack
+"""""""""""""""
+
+* Method: ``POST``
+* URL: ``https://hooks.slack.com/services/{{ secrets.token }}``
+* Headers:
+
+  * ``Content-Type``: ``application/json``
+
+* Body::
+
+    {
+      "text": "``` {{escape message}}```",
+      "type": "mrkdwn"
+    }
+
+* Secrets:
+
+  * ``token``: ``<token>``
+
 .. _notification_matchers:
 
 Notification Matchers
 ---------------------
 
-Notification matchers route notifications to notification targets based
-on their matching rules. These rules can match certain properties of a
-notification, such as the timestamp (``match-calendar``), the severity of
-the notification (``match-severity``) or metadata fields (``match-field``).
-If a notification is matched by a matcher, all targets configured for the
-matcher will receive the notification.
+Notification matchers route notifications to notification targets based on
+their matching rules. These rules can match certain properties of a
+notification, such as the timestamp (``match-calendar``), the severity of the
+notification (``match-severity``) or metadata fields (``match-field``). If a
+notification is matched by a matcher, all targets configured for the matcher
+will receive the notification.
 
 An arbitrary number of matchers can be created, each with with their own
-matching rules and targets to notify.
-Every target is notified at most once for every notification, even if
-the target is used in multiple matchers.
+matching rules and targets to notify. Every target is notified at most once for
+every notification, even if the target is used in multiple matchers.
 
-A matcher without rules matches any notification; the configured targets
-will always be notified.
+A matcher without rules matches any notification; the configured targets will
+always be notified.
 
 See :ref:`notifications.cfg` for all configuration options.
 
@@ -120,20 +227,24 @@ Examples:
 
 Field Matching Rules
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-Notifications have a selection of metadata fields that can be matched.
-When using ``exact`` as a matching mode, a ``,`` can be used as a separator.
-The matching rule then matches if the metadata field has **any** of the specified
+Notifications have a selection of metadata fields that can be matched. When
+using ``exact`` as a matching mode, a ``,`` can be used as a separator. The
+matching rule then matches if the metadata field has **any** of the specified
 values.
 
 Examples:
 
-* ``match-field exact:type=gc`` Only match notifications for garbage collection jobs
-* ``match-field exact:type=prune,verify`` Match prune job and verification job notifications.
-* ``match-field regex:datastore=^backup-.*$`` Match any datastore starting with ``backup``.
+* ``match-field exact:type=gc`` Only match notifications for garbage collection
+  jobs
+* ``match-field exact:type=prune,verify`` Match prune job and verification job
+  notifications.
+* ``match-field regex:datastore=^backup-.*$`` Match any datastore starting with
+  ``backup``.
 
 If a notification does not have the matched field, the rule will **not** match.
-For instance, a ``match-field regex:datastore=.*`` directive will match any notification that has
-a ``datastore`` metadata field, but will not match if the field does not exist.
+For instance, a ``match-field regex:datastore=.*`` directive will match any
+notification that has a ``datastore`` metadata field, but will not match if the
+field does not exist.
 
 Severity Matching Rules
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
@@ -152,9 +263,9 @@ The following severities are in use:
 Notification Events
 -------------------
 
-The following table contains a list of all notification events in Proxmox Backup server, their
-type, severity and additional metadata fields. ``type`` as well as any other metadata field
-may be used in ``match-field`` match rules.
+The following table contains a list of all notification events in Proxmox
+Backup server, their type, severity and additional metadata fields. ``type`` as
+well as any other metadata field may be used in ``match-field`` match rules.
 
 ================================ ==================== ========== ==============================================================
 Event                            ``type``             Severity   Metadata fields (in addition to ``type``)
@@ -174,8 +285,8 @@ Verification job failure         ``verification``     ``error``  ``datastore``,
 Verification job success         ``verification``     ``info``   ``datastore``, ``hostname``, ``job-id``
 ================================ ==================== ========== ==============================================================
 
-The following table contains a description of all use metadata fields. All of these
-can be used in ``match-field`` match rules.
+The following table contains a description of all use metadata fields. All of
+these can be used in ``match-field`` match rules.
 
 ==================== ===================================
 Metadata field       Description
@@ -192,45 +303,45 @@ Metadata field       Description
 
 System Mail Forwarding
 ----------------------
-Certain local system daemons, such as ``smartd``, send notification emails
-to the local ``root`` user. Proxmox Backup Server will feed these mails
-into the notification system as a notification of type ``system-mail``
-and with severity ``unknown``.
+Certain local system daemons, such as ``smartd``, send notification emails to
+the local ``root`` user. Proxmox Backup Server will feed these mails into the
+notification system as a notification of type ``system-mail`` and with severity
+``unknown``.
 
-When the email is forwarded to a sendmail target, the mail's content and headers
-are forwarded as-is. For all other targets,
-the system tries to extract both a subject line and the main text body
-from the email content. In instances where emails solely consist of HTML
-content, they will be transformed into plain text format during this process.
+When the email is forwarded to a sendmail target, the mail's content and
+headers are forwarded as-is. For all other targets, the system tries to extract
+both a subject line and the main text body from the email content. In instances
+where emails solely consist of HTML content, they will be transformed into
+plain text format during this process.
 
 Permissions
 -----------
-In order to modify/view the configuration for notification targets,
-the ``Sys.Modify/Sys.Audit`` permissions are required for the
+In order to modify/view the configuration for notification targets, the
+``Sys.Modify/Sys.Audit`` permissions are required for the
 ``/system/notifications`` ACL node.
 
 .. _notification_mode:
 
 Notification Mode
 -----------------
-Datastores and tape backup/restore job configuration have a ``notification-mode``
-option which can have one of two values:
+Datastores and tape backup/restore job configuration have a
+``notification-mode`` option which can have one of two values:
 
-* ``legacy-sendmail``: Send notification emails via the system's ``sendmail`` command.
-  The notification system will be bypassed and any configured targets/matchers will be ignored.
-  This mode is equivalent to the notification behavior for version before
-  Proxmox Backup Server 3.2.
+* ``legacy-sendmail``: Send notification emails via the system's ``sendmail``
+  command. The notification system will be bypassed and any configured
+  targets/matchers will be ignored. This mode is equivalent to the notification
+  behavior for version before Proxmox Backup Server 3.2.
 
 * ``notification-system``: Use the new, flexible notification system.
 
-If the ``notification-mode`` option is not set, Proxmox Backup Server will default
-to ``legacy-sendmail``.
+If the ``notification-mode`` option is not set, Proxmox Backup Server will
+default to ``legacy-sendmail``.
 
 Starting with Proxmox Backup Server 3.2, a datastore created in the UI will
-automatically opt in to the new notification system. If the datastore is created
-via the API or the ``proxmox-backup-manager`` CLI, the ``notification-mode``
-option has to be set explicitly to ``notification-system`` if the
-notification system shall be used.
+automatically opt in to the new notification system. If the datastore is
+created via the API or the ``proxmox-backup-manager`` CLI, the
+``notification-mode`` option has to be set explicitly to
+``notification-system`` if the notification system shall be used.
 
 The ``legacy-sendmail`` mode might be removed in a later release of
 Proxmox Backup Server.
@@ -239,12 +350,12 @@ Settings for ``legacy-sendmail`` notification mode
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
 If ``notification-mode`` is set to ``legacy-sendmail``,  Proxmox Backup Server
-will send notification emails via the system's ``sendmail`` command to the email
-address configured for the user set in the ``notify-user`` option
+will send notification emails via the system's ``sendmail`` command to the
+email address configured for the user set in the ``notify-user`` option
 (falling back to ``root@pam`` if not set).
 
-For datastores, you can also change the level of notifications received per task
-type via the ``notify`` option.
+For datastores, you can also change the level of notifications received per
+task type via the ``notify`` option.
 
 * Always: send a notification for any scheduled task, independent of the
   outcome
@@ -255,3 +366,23 @@ type via the ``notify`` option.
 
 The ``notify-user`` and ``notify`` options are ignored if ``notification-mode``
 is set to ``notification-system``.
+
+Overriding Notification Templates
+---------------------------------
+
+Proxmox Backup Server uses Handlebars templates to render notifications. The
+original templates provided by Proxmox Backup Server are stored in
+``/usr/share/proxmox-backup/templates/default/``.
+
+Notification templates can be overridden by providing a custom template file in
+the override directory at
+``/etc/proxmox-backup/notification-templates/default/``. When rendering a
+notification of a given type, Proxmox Backup Server will first attempt to load
+a template from the override directory. If this one does not exist or fails to
+render, the original template will be used.
+
+The template files follow the naming convention of
+``<type>-<body|subject>.txt.hbs``. For instance, the file
+``gc-err-body.txt.hbs`` contains the template for rendering notifications for
+garbage collection errors, while ``package-updates-subject.txt.hbs`` is used to
+render the subject line of notifications for available package updates.

docs/package-repositories.rst

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Currently there's only a client-repository for APT based systems.
 .. _package_repositories_client_only_apt:
 
 APT-based Proxmox Backup Client Repository
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
 For modern Linux distributions using `apt` as package manager, like all Debian
 and Ubuntu Derivative do, you may be able to use the APT-based repository.

docs/prune-simulator/prune-simulator_source.js

@@ -126,7 +126,8 @@ Ext.onReady(function() {
 			if (data.mark !== 'keep') {
 			    return `<div style="text-decoration: line-through;">${text}</div>`;
 			}
-			if (me.useColors) {
+			let pruneList = this.up('prunesimulatorPruneList');
+			if (pruneList.useColors) {
 			    let bgColor = COLORS[data.keepName];
 			    let textColor = TEXT_COLORS[data.keepName];
 			    return `<div style="background-color: ${bgColor};color: ${textColor};">${text}</div>`;
@@ -353,12 +354,17 @@ Ext.onReady(function() {
 		    specValues.forEach(function(value) {
 			if (value.includes('..')) {
 			    let [start, end] = value.split('..');
+			    let step = 1;
+			    if (end.includes('/')) {
+				[end, step] = end.split('/');
+				step = assertValid(step);
+			    }
 			    start = assertValid(start);
 			    end = assertValid(end);
 			    if (start > end) {
 				throw "interval start is bigger then interval end '" + start + " > " + end + "'";
 			    }
-			    for (let i = start; i <= end; i++) {
+			    for (let i = start; i <= end; i += step) {
 				matches[i] = 1;
 			    }
 			} else if (value.includes('/')) {

docs/storage.rst

@@ -165,6 +165,74 @@ following command creates a new datastore called ``store1`` on
   # proxmox-backup-manager datastore create store1 /backup/disk1/store1
 
 
+Removable Datastores
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+Removable datastores have a ``backing-device`` associated with them, they can be
+mounted and unmounted. Other than that they behave the same way a normal datastore
+would.
+
+They can be created on already correctly formatted partitions, which should be
+either ``ext4`` or ``xfs`` as with normal datastores, but most modern file
+systems supported by the Proxmox Linux kernel should work.
+
+.. note:: FAT-based file systems do not support the POSIX file ownership
+   concept and have relatively low limits on the number of files per directory.
+   Therefore, creating a datastore is not supported on FAT file systems.
+   Because some external drives are preformatted with such a FAT-based file
+   system, you may need to reformat the drive before you can use it as a
+   backing-device for a removable datastore.
+
+It is also possible to create them on completely unused disks through
+"Administration" > "Disks / Storage" > "Directory", using this method the disk will
+be partitioned and formatted automatically for the datastore.
+
+Devices with only one datastore on them will be mounted automatically. Unmounting has
+to be done through the UI by clicking "Unmount" on the summary page or using the CLI.
+If unmounting fails, the reason is logged in the unmount task log, and the
+datastore will stay in maintenance mode ``unmounting``, which prevents any IO
+operations. In such cases, the maintenance mode has to be reset manually using:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore update --maintenance-mode offline
+
+to prevent any IO, or to clear it use:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore update --delete maintenance-mode
+
+
+A single device can house multiple datastores, they only limitation is that they are not
+allowed to be nested.
+
+Removable datastores are created on the the device with the given relative path that is specified
+on creation. In order to use a datastore on multiple PBS instances, it has to be created on one,
+and added with ``Reuse existing datastore`` checked on the others. The path you set on creation
+is how multiple datastores on a single device are identified. So when adding on a new PBS instance,
+it has to match what was set on creation.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore unmount store1
+
+both will wait for any running tasks to finish and unmount the device.
+
+All removable datastores are mounted under /mnt/datastore/<name>, and the specified path
+refers to the path on the device.
+
+All datastores present on a device can be listed using ``proxmox-backup-debug``.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-debug inspect device /dev/...
+
+
+Verify, Prune and Garbage Collection jobs are skipped if the removable
+datastore is not mounted when they are scheduled. Sync jobs start, but fail
+with an error saying the datastore was not mounted. The reason is that syncs
+not happening as scheduled should at least be noticeable.
+
 Managing Datastores
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 
@@ -367,9 +435,28 @@ There are some tuning related options for the datastore that are more advanced:
 
   This can be set with:
 
-.. code-block:: console
+  .. code-block:: console
 
-  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore update <storename> --tuning 'sync-level=filesystem'
+    # proxmox-backup-manager datastore update <storename> --tuning 'sync-level=filesystem'
+
+* ``gc-atime-safety-check``: Datastore GC atime update safety check:
+  You can explicitly `enable` or `disable` the atime update safety check
+  performed on datastore creation and garbage collection. This checks if atime
+  updates are handled as expected by garbage collection and therefore avoids the
+  risk of data loss by unexpected filesystem behavior. It is recommended to set
+  this to enabled, which is also the default value.
+
+* ``gc-atime-cutoff``: Datastore GC atime cutoff for chunk cleanup:
+  This allows to set the cutoff for which a chunk is still considered in-use
+  during phase 2 of garbage collection (given no older writers). If the
+  ``atime`` of the chunk is outside the range, it will be removed.
+
+* ``gc-cache-capacity``: Datastore GC least recently used cache capacity:
+  Allows to control the cache capacity used to keep track of chunks for which
+  the access time has already been updated during phase 1 of garbage collection.
+  This avoids multiple updates and increases GC runtime performance. Higher
+  values can reduce GC runtime at the cost of increase memory usage, setting the
+  value to 0 disables caching.
 
 If you want to set multiple tuning options simultaneously, you can separate them
 with a comma, like this:

docs/sysadmin.rst

@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ please refer to the standard Debian documentation.
 
 .. include:: certificate-management.rst
 
+.. include:: external-metric-server.rst
+
 .. include:: services.rst
 
 .. include:: command-line-tools.rst

docs/system-requirements.rst

@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ production. To further decrease the impact of a failed host, you can set up
 periodic, efficient, incremental :ref:`datastore synchronization <syncjobs>`
 from other Proxmox Backup Server instances.
 
+.. _minimum_system_requirements:
+
 Minimum Server Requirements, for Evaluation
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 

docs/tape-backup.rst

@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ In general, LTO tapes offer the following advantages:
 Note that `Proxmox Backup Server` already stores compressed data, so using the
 tape compression feature has no advantage.
 
+.. _tape-supported-hardware:
 
 Supported Hardware
 ------------------
@@ -969,6 +970,8 @@ You can restore from a tape even without an existing catalog, but only the
 whole media set. If you do this, the catalog will be automatically created.
 
 
+.. _tape_key_management:
+
 Encryption Key Management
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
@@ -1180,3 +1183,159 @@ In combination with fitting prune settings and tape backup schedules, this
 achieves long-term storage of some backups, while keeping the recent
 backups on smaller media sets that expire roughly every 4 weeks (that is, three
 plus the current week).
+
+
+Disaster Recovery
+-----------------
+
+.. _Command-line Tools: command-line-tools.html
+
+In case of major disasters, important data, or even whole servers might be
+destroyed or at least damaged up to the point where everything - sometimes
+including the backup server - has to be restored from a backup. For such cases,
+the following step-by-step guide will help you to set up the Proxmox Backup
+Server and restore everything from tape backups.
+
+The following guide will explain the necessary steps using both the web GUI and
+the command line tools. For an overview of the command line tools, see
+`Command-line Tools`_.
+
+
+Setting Up a Datastore
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. _proxmox-backup-manager: proxmox-backup-manager/man1.html
+
+.. _Installation: installation.html
+
+After you set up a new Proxmox Backup Server, as outlined in the `Installation`_
+chapter, first set up a datastore so a tape can be restored to it:
+
+#. Go to **Administration -> Storage / Disks** and make sure that the disk that
+   will be used as a datastore shows up.
+
+#. Under the **Directory** or **ZFS** tabs, you can either choose to create a
+   directory or create a ZFS ``zpool``, respectively. Here you can also directly
+   add the newly created directory or ZFS ``zpool`` as a datastore.
+
+Alternatively, the `proxmox-backup-manager`_ can be used to perform the same
+tasks. For more information, check the :ref:`datastore_intro` documentation.
+
+
+Setting Up the Tape Drive
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+#. Make sure you have a properly working tape drive and/or changer matching to
+   medium you want to restore from.
+
+#. Connect the tape changer(s) and the tape drive(s) to the backup server. These
+   should be detected automatically by Linux. You can get a list of available
+   drives using:
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+    # proxmox-tape drive scan
+    ┌────────────────────────────────┬────────┬─────────────┬────────┐
+    │ path                           │ vendor │ model       │ serial │
+    ╞════════════════════════════════╪════════╪═════════════╪════════╡
+    │ /dev/tape/by-id/scsi-12345-sg  │ IBM    │ ULT3580-TD4 │  12345 │
+    └────────────────────────────────┴────────┴─────────────┴────────┘
+
+   You can get a list of available changers with:
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+    # proxmox-tape changer scan
+    ┌─────────────────────────────┬─────────┬──────────────┬────────┐
+    │ path                        │ vendor  │ model        │ serial │
+    ╞═════════════════════════════╪═════════╪══════════════╪════════╡
+    │ /dev/tape/by-id/scsi-CC2C52 │ Quantum │ Superloader3 │ CC2C52 │
+    └─────────────────────────────┴─────────┴──────────────┴────────┘
+
+   For more information, please read the chapters
+   on :ref:`tape_changer_config` and :ref:`tape_drive_config`.
+
+#. If you have a tape changer, go to the web interface of the Proxmox Backup
+   Server, go to **Tape Backup -> Changers** and add it. For examples using the
+   command line, read the chapter on :ref:`tape_changer_config`. If the changer
+   has been detected correctly by Linux, the changer should show up in the list.
+
+#. In the web interface, go to **Tape Backup -> Drives** and add the tape drive
+   that will be used to read the tapes. For examples using the command line,
+   read the chapter on :ref:`tape_drive_config`. If the tape drive has been
+   detected correctly by Linux, the drive should show up in the list. If the
+   drive also has a tape changer, make sure to select the changer as well and
+   assign it the correct drive number.
+
+
+Restoring Data From the Tape
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. _proxmox-tape: proxmox-tape/man1.html
+
+.. _proxmox-backup-client: proxmox-backup-client/man1.html
+
+.. _Restore: https://pve.proxmox.com/pve-docs/chapter-vzdump.html#vzdump_restore
+
+The following guide will explain the steps necessary to restore data from a
+tape, which can be done over either the web GUI or the command line. For details
+on the command line, read the documentation on the `proxmox-tape`_ tool.
+
+To restore data from tapes, do the following:
+
+#. Insert the first tape (as displayed on the label) into the tape drive or, if
+   a tape changer is available, use the tape changer to insert the tape into the
+   right drive. The web GUI can also be used to load or transfer tapes between
+   tape drives by selecting the changer.
+
+#. If the backup has been encrypted, the encryption keys need to be restored as
+   well. In the **Encryption Keys** tab, press **Restore Key**. For more
+   details or examples that use the command line, read the
+   :ref:`tape_key_management` chapter.
+
+#. The procedure for restoring data is slightly different depending on whether
+   you are using a standalone tape drive or a changer:
+
+   * For changers, the procedure is simple:
+
+     #. Insert all tapes from the media set you want to restore from.
+
+     #. Click on the changer in the web GUI, click **Inventory**, make sure
+        **Restore Catalog** is selected and press OK.
+
+   * For standalone drives, the procedure would be:
+
+     #. Insert the first tape of the media set.
+
+     #. Click **Catalog**.
+
+     #. Eject the tape, then repeat the steps for the remaining tapes of the
+        media set.
+
+#. Go back to **Tape Backup**. In the **Content** tab, press **Restore** and
+   select the desired media set. Choose the snapshot you want to restore, press
+   **Next**, select the drive and target datastore and press **Restore**.
+
+#. By going to the datastore where the data has been restored, under the
+   **Content** tab you should be able to see the restored snapshots. In order to
+   access the backups from another machine, you will need to configure the
+   access to the backup server. Go to **Configuration -> Access Control** and
+   either create a new user, or a new API token (API tokens allow easy
+   revocation if the token is compromised). Under **Permissions**, add the
+   desired permissions, e.g. **DatastoreBackup**.
+
+#. You can now perform virtual machine, container or file restores. You now have
+   the following options:
+
+     * If you want to restore files on Linux distributions that are not based on
+       Proxmox products or you prefer using a command line tool, you can use the
+       `proxmox-backup-client`_, as explained in the
+       :ref:`client_restoring_data` chapter. Use the newly created API token to
+       be able to access the data. You can then restore individual files or
+       mount an archive to your system.
+
+     * If you want to restore virtual machines or containers on a Proxmox VE
+       server, add the datastore of the backup server as storage and go to
+       **Backups**. Here you can restore VMs and containers, including their
+       configuration. For more information on restoring backups in Proxmox VE,
+       visit the `Restore`_ chapter of the Proxmox VE documentation.

docs/technical-overview.rst

@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ The chunks of a datastore are found in
 
  <datastore-root>/.chunks/
 
-This chunk directory is further subdivided by the first four bytes of the
-chunk's checksum, so a chunk with the checksum
+This chunk directory is further subdivided into directories grouping chunks by
+their checksums 2 byte prefix (given as 4 hexadecimal digits), so a chunk with
+the checksum
 
  a342e8151cbf439ce65f3df696b54c67a114982cc0aa751f2852c2f7acc19a8b
 
@@ -133,6 +134,141 @@ This is done to speed up the client part of the backup, since it only needs to
 encrypt chunks that are actually getting uploaded. Chunks that exist already in
 the previous backup, do not need to be encrypted and uploaded.
 
+Change Detection Mode for File-Based Backups
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The change detection mode controls how to detect and act for files which did not
+change in-between subsequent backup runs as well as the archive file format used
+to encode the directory entries.
+
+There are 3 modes available, the current default ``legacy`` mode, as well as the
+``data`` and ``metadata`` mode. While the ``legacy`` mode encodes all contents
+in a single ``pxar`` archive, the latter two modes split data and metadata into
+``ppxar`` and ``mpxar`` archives. This is done to allow for fast comparison of
+metadata with the previous snapshot, used by the ``metadata`` mode to detect
+reusable files. The ``data`` mode refrains from reusing unchanged files by
+rechunking the file unconditionally. This mode therefore assures that no file
+changes are missed even if the metadata are unchanged.
+
+.. NOTE:: ``pxar`` and ``mpxar``/``ppxar`` file formats are different and cannot
+    be deduplicated as efficiently if a datastore stores archive snapshots of
+    both types.
+
+As the change detection modes are client side changes, they are backwards
+compatible with older versions of Proxmox Backup Server. Exploring the backup
+contents for the new archive format via the web interface requires however a
+Proxmox Backup Server with version 3.2.5 or higher. Upgrading to the latest
+version is recommended for full feature compatibility.
+
+.. _change-detection-mode-legacy:
+
+Legacy Mode
++++++++++++
+
+Backup snapshots of filesystems are created by recursively scanning the
+directory entries. All entries to be included in the snapshot are read and
+serialized by encoding them using the ``pxar``
+:ref:`archive format <pxar-format>`. The resulting stream is chunked into
+:ref:`dynamically sized chunks <dynamically-sized-chunks>` and uploaded to the
+Proxmox Backup Server, deduplicating chunks based on their content digest for
+space efficient storage.
+File contents are read and chunked unconditionally, no check is performed to
+detect unchanged files.
+
+.. _change-detection-mode-data:
+
+Data Mode
++++++++++
+
+Like for ``legacy`` mode file contents are read and chunked unconditionally, no
+check is performed to detect unchanged files.
+
+However, in contrast to ``legacy`` mode, which stores entries metadata and data
+in a single self-contained ``pxar`` archive, the ``data`` mode encodes metadata
+and file contents into two separate streams. The resulting backup snapshots
+therefore contain split archives, an archive in ``mpxar``
+:ref:`format <pxar-meta-format>` containing the entries metadata and an archive
+with ``ppxar`` :ref:`format <ppxar-format>` , containing the actual file
+contents, separated by payload headers for consistency checks. The metadata
+archive stores a reference offset to the corresponding payload archive entry so
+the file contents can be accessed. Both of these archives are chunked and
+uploaded by the Proxmox backup client, resulting in separated indices and
+independent chunks.
+
+The ``mpxar`` archive can be used to efficiently fetch the associated metadata
+for archive entries without the overhead of payload data stored within the same
+chunks. This is used for example for entry lookups to list the archive contents
+or to navigate the mounted filesystem via the FUSE implementation. No dedicated
+catalog is therefore created for archives encoded using this mode.
+
+By not comparing metadata to the previous backup snapshot, no files will be
+considered reusable by this mode, in contrast to the ``metadata`` mode.
+Latter can reuse files which have changed, but file size and mtime did not
+change because restored after changing the files contents.
+
+.. _change-detection-mode-metadata:
+
+Metadata Mode
++++++++++++++
+
+The ``metadata`` mode detects files whose file metadata did not change
+in-between subsequent backup runs. The metadata comparison includes file size,
+file type, ownership and permission information, as well as acls and attributes
+and most importantly the file's mtime, for details see the
+:ref:`pxar metadata archive format <pxar-meta-format>`. Files ctime and inode
+number are not stored and used for comparison, since some tools (e.g.
+``vzdump``) might sync the contents of the filesystem to a temporary location
+before actually performing the backup via the Proxmox backup client. For these
+cases, ctime and inode number will always change.
+
+This mode will avoid reading and rechunking the file contents whenever possible
+by reusing the file content chunks of unchanged files from the previous backup
+snapshot.
+
+To compare the metadata, the previous snapshots ``mpxar`` metadata archive is
+downloaded at the start of the backup run and used as a reference. Further, the
+index of the payload archive ``ppxar`` is fetched and used to lookup the file
+content chunk's digests, which will be used to reindex pre-existing chunks
+without the need to reread and rechunk the file contents.
+
+During backup, the metadata and payload archives are encoded in the same manner
+as for the ``data`` mode, but for the ``metadata`` mode each entry is
+additionally looked up in the metadata reference archive for comparison first.
+If the file did not change as compared to the reference, the file is considered
+as unchanged and the Proxmox backup client enters a look-ahead caching mode. In
+this mode, the client will keep reading and comparing then following entries in
+the filesystem as long as they are reusable. Further, it keeps track of the
+payload archive offset range these file contents are stored in. The additional
+look-ahead caching is needed, as file boundaries are not required to be aligned
+with chunk boundaries, therefore reused chunks can contain possibly wasted chunk
+content (also called padding) if reused unconditionally.
+
+The look-ahead cache will greedily cache all unchanged entries up to the point
+where either the cache size limit is reached, a file entry with changed
+metadata is encountered, or the range of payload chunks considered for reuse is
+not continuous. An example for the latter is a file which disappeared in-between
+subsequent backup runs, leaving a hole in the range. At this point, the caching
+mode is disabled and the client calculates the wasted padding size which would
+be introduced by reusing the payload chunks for all the unchanged files cached
+up to this point. If the padding is acceptable (below a preset limit of 10% of
+the actually reused chunk content), the files are reused by encoding them in the
+metadata archive using updated offset references to the contents and reindexing
+the pre-existing chunks in the new ``ppxar`` archive. If however the padding is
+not acceptable, exceeding the limit, all cached entries are reencoded, not
+reusing any of the pre-existing data. The metadata as cached will be encoded in
+the metadata archive, no matter if cached file contents are to be reused or
+reencoded.
+
+This combination of look-ahead caching and reuse of pre-existing payload archive
+chunks for files with unchanged contents therefore speeds up the backup
+process by avoiding rereading and rechunking file contents whenever possible.
+
+To reduce paddings and increase chunk reusability, during creation of the
+archives in ``data`` mode and ``metadata`` mode the pxar encoder signals
+encountered file boundaries as suggested chunk boundaries to the sliding window
+chunker. The chunker then decides based on the internal state if the suggested
+boundary is accepted or disregarded.
+
 Caveats and Limitations
 -----------------------
 
@@ -162,8 +298,8 @@ will see that the probability of a collision in that scenario is:
 
 For context, in a lottery game of guessing 6 numbers out of 45, the chance to
 correctly guess all 6 numbers is only :math:`1.2277 * 10^{-7}`. This means the
-chance of a collision is about the same as winning 13 such lottery games *in a
-row*.
+chance of a collision is lower than winning 8 such lottery games *in a row*:
+:math:`(1.2277 * 10^{-7})^{8} = 5.1623 * 10^{-56}`.
 
 In conclusion, it is extremely unlikely that such a collision would occur by
 accident in a normal datastore.
@@ -183,6 +319,9 @@ read all files again for every backup, otherwise it would not be possible to
 generate a consistent, independent pxar archive where the original chunks can be
 reused. Note that in spite of this, only new or changed chunks will be uploaded.
 
+In order to avoid these limitations, the Change Detection Mode ``metadata`` was
+introduced.
+
 Verification of Encrypted Chunks
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 

docs/user-management.rst

@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ User Configuration
 choose the realm when you add a new user. Possible realms are:
 
 :pam: Linux PAM standard authentication. Use this if you want to
-      authenticate as a Linux system user (users need to exist on the
-      system).
+      authenticate as a Linux system user. The users needs to already exist on
+      the host system.
 
 :pbs: Proxmox Backup Server realm. This type stores hashed passwords in
       ``/etc/proxmox-backup/shadow.json``.
@@ -599,6 +599,32 @@ list view in the web UI, or using the command line:
 Authentication Realms
 ---------------------
 
+.. _user_realms_pam:
+
+Linux PAM
+~~~~~~~~~
+
+Linux PAM is a framework for system-wide user authentication. These users are
+created on the host system with commands such as ``adduser``.
+
+If PAM users exist on the host system, corresponding entries can be added to
+Proxmox Backup Server, to allow these users to log in via their system username
+and password.
+
+.. _user_realms_pbs:
+
+Proxmox Backup authentication server
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is a Unix-like password store, which stores hashed passwords in
+``/etc/proxmox-backup/shadow.json``. Passwords are hashed using the SHA-256
+hashing algorithm.
+
+This is the most convenient realm for small-scale (or even mid-scale)
+installations, where users do not need access to anything outside of Proxmox
+Backup Server. In this case, users are fully managed by Proxmox Backup Server
+and are able to change their own passwords via the GUI.
+
 .. _user_realms_ldap:
 
 LDAP
@@ -663,7 +689,7 @@ address must be specified. Most options from :ref:`user_realms_ldap` apply to
 Active Directory as well, most importantly the bind credentials ``bind-dn``
 and ``password``. This is typically required by default for Microsoft Active
 Directory. The ``bind-dn`` can be specified either in AD-specific
-``user@company.net`` syntax or the commen LDAP-DN syntax.
+``user@company.net`` syntax or the common LDAP-DN syntax.
 
 The authentication domain name must only be specified if anonymous bind is
 requested. If bind credentials are given, the domain name is automatically

docs/using-the-installer.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+.. _using_the_installer:
+
+Install `Proxmox Backup`_ Server using the Installer
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Download the ISO from |DOWNLOADS|.
+It includes the following:
+
+* The Proxmox Backup Server installer, which partitions the local
+  disk(s) with ext4, xfs or ZFS, and installs the operating system
+
+* Complete operating system (Debian Linux, 64-bit)
+
+* Proxmox Linux kernel with ZFS support
+
+* Complete toolset to administer backups and all necessary resources
+
+* Web-based management interface
+
+.. note:: Any existing data on the selected drives will be overwritten
+   during the installation process. The installer does not add boot
+   menu entries for other operating systems.
+
+Please insert the :ref:`installation_medium` (for example, USB flash
+drive or DVD) and boot from it.
+
+.. note:: You may need to go into your server's firmware settings, to
+   enable booting from your installation medium (for example, USB) and
+   set the desired boot order. When booting an installer prior to
+   `Proxmox Backup`_ Server version 3.1, Secure Boot needs to be
+   disabled.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-installer-grub-menu.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-installer-grub-menu.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Installer GRUB Menu
+
+After choosing the correct entry (for example, *Boot from USB*) the
+Proxmox Backup Server menu will be displayed, and one of the following
+options can be selected:
+
+**Install Proxmox Backup Server (Graphical)**
+
+Starts the normal installation.
+
+TIP: It's possible to use the installation wizard with a keyboard only. Buttons
+can be clicked by pressing the ``ALT`` key combined with the underlined character
+from the respective button. For example, ``ALT + N`` to press a ``Next`` button.
+
+**Install Proxmox Backup Server (Console)**
+
+Starts the terminal-mode installation wizard. It provides the same overall
+installation experience as the graphical installer, but has generally better
+compatibility with very old and very new hardware.
+
+**Install Proxmox Backup Server (Terminal UI, Serial Console)**
+
+Starts the terminal-mode installation wizard, additionally setting up the Linux
+kernel to use the (first) serial port of the machine for in- and output. This
+can be used if the machine is completely headless and only has a serial console
+available.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-tui-installer.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-tui-installer.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Terminal UI Installer
+
+Both modes use the same code base for the actual installation process to
+benefit from more than a decade of bug fixes and ensure feature parity.
+
+TIP: The *Console* or *Terminal UI* option can be used in case the graphical
+installer does not work correctly, due to e.g. driver issues. See also
+:ref:`nomodeset_kernel_param`.
+
+**Advanced Options: Install Proxmox Backup Server (Debug Mode)**
+
+Starts the installation in debug mode. A console will be opened at several
+installation steps. This helps to debug the situation if something goes wrong.
+To exit a debug console, press ``CTRL-D``. This option can be used to boot a
+live system with all basic tools available. You can use it, for example, to
+repair a degraded ZFS *rpool* or fix the :ref:`chapter-systembooting` for an
+existing Proxmox Backup Server setup.
+
+**Advanced Options: Install Proxmox Backup Server (Terminal UI, Debug Mode)**
+
+Same as the graphical debug mode, but preparing the system to run the
+terminal-based installer instead.
+
+**Advanced Options: Install Proxmox Backup Server (Serial Console Debug Mode)**
+
+Same the terminal-based debug mode, but additionally sets up the Linux kernel to
+use the (first) serial port of the machine for in- and output.
+
+**Advanced Options: Rescue Boot**
+
+With this option you can boot an existing installation. It searches all attached
+hard disks. If it finds an existing installation, it boots directly into that
+disk using the Linux kernel from the ISO. This can be useful if there are
+problems with the bootloader (GRUB/``systemd-boot``) or the BIOS/UEFI is unable
+to read the boot block from the disk.
+
+**Advanced Options: Test Memory (memtest86+)**
+
+Runs *memtest86+*. This is useful to check if the memory is functional and free
+of errors. Secure Boot must be turned off in the UEFI firmware setup utility to
+run this option.
+
+You normally select *Install Proxmox Backup Server (Graphical)* to start the
+installation.
+
+The first step is to read our EULA (End User License Agreement). Following this,
+you can select the target hard disk(s) for the installation.
+
+.. caution:: By default, the whole server is used and all existing data is
+   removed. Make sure there is no important data on the server before proceeding
+   with the installation.
+
+The *Options* button lets you select the target file system, which defaults to
+``ext4``. The installer uses LVM if you select ``ext4`` or ``xfs`` as a file
+system, and offers additional options to restrict LVM space (see :ref:`below
+<advanced_lvm_options>`).
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-installer-select-disk.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-installer-select-disk.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Installer - Harddisk Selection Dialog
+
+Proxmox Backup Server can also be installed on ZFS. As ZFS offers several
+software RAID levels, this is an option for systems that don't have a hardware
+RAID controller. The target disks must be selected in the *Options* dialog. More
+ZFS specific settings can be changed under :ref:`Advanced Options
+<advanced_zfs_options>`.
+
+.. warning:: ZFS on top of any hardware RAID is not supported and can result in
+   data loss.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-installer-location.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-installer-location.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Installer - Location and timezone configuration
+
+The next page asks for basic configuration options like your location, time
+zone, and keyboard layout. The location is used to select a nearby download
+server, in order to increase the speed of updates. The installer is usually able
+to auto-detect these settings, so you only need to change them in rare
+situations when auto-detection fails, or when you want to use a keyboard layout
+not commonly used in your country.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-installer-password.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-installer-password.png
+  :align: left
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Installer - Password and email configuration
+
+Next the password of the superuser (``root``) and an email address needs to be
+specified. The password must consist of at least 8 characters. It's highly
+recommended to use a stronger password. Some guidelines are:
+
+|
+|
+
+- Use a minimum password length of at least 12 characters.
+
+- Include lowercase and uppercase alphabetic characters, numbers, and symbols.
+
+- Avoid character repetition, keyboard patterns, common dictionary words,
+  letter or number sequences, usernames, relative or pet names, romantic links
+  (current or past), and biographical information (for example ID numbers,
+  ancestors' names or dates).
+
+The email address is used to send notifications to the system administrator.
+For example:
+
+- Information about available package updates.
+
+- Error messages from periodic *cron* jobs.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-installer-network.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-installer-network.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Installer - Network configuration
+
+All those notification mails will be sent to the specified email address.
+
+The last step is the network configuration. Network interfaces that are *UP*
+show a filled circle in front of their name in the drop down menu. Please note
+that during installation you can either specify an IPv4 or IPv6 address, but not
+both. To configure a dual stack node, add additional IP addresses after the
+installation.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-installer-progress.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-installer-progress.png
+  :align: left
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Installer - Installation progress
+
+The next step shows a summary of the previously selected options. Please
+re-check every setting and use the *Previous* button if a setting needs to be
+changed.
+
+After clicking *Install*, the installer will begin to format the disks and copy
+packages to the target disk(s). Please wait until this step has finished; then
+remove the installation medium and restart your system.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-installer-summary.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-installer-summary.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server Installer - Installation summary
+
+Copying the packages usually takes several minutes, mostly depending on the
+speed of the installation medium and the target disk performance.
+
+When copying and setting up the packages has finished, you can reboot the
+server. This will be done automatically after a few seconds by default.
+
+Installation Failure
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+If the installation failed, check out specific errors on the second TTY
+(``CTRL + ALT + F2``) and ensure that the systems meets the
+:ref:`minimum requirements <minimum_system_requirements>`.
+
+If the installation is still not working, look at the :ref:`how to get help
+chapter <get_help>`.
+
+Accessing the Management Interface Post-Installation
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-login-window.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-gui-login-window.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Proxmox Backup Server - Management interface login dialog
+
+After a successful installation and reboot of the system you can use the Proxmox
+Backup Server web interface for further configuration.
+
+- Point your browser to the IP address given during the installation and port
+  8007, for example: https://pbs.yourdomain.tld:8007
+
+- Log in using the ``root`` (realm *Linux PAM standard authentication*) username
+  and the password chosen during installation.
+
+- Upload your subscription key to gain access to the Enterprise repository.
+  Otherwise, you will need to set up one of the public, less tested package
+  repositories to get updates for security fixes, bug fixes, and new features.
+
+- Check the IP configuration and hostname.
+
+- Check the timezone.
+
+.. _advanced_lvm_options:
+
+Advanced LVM Configuration Options
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The installer creates a Volume Group (VG) called ``pbs``, and additional Logical
+Volumes (LVs) called ``root`` and ``swap``, if ``ext4`` or ``xfs`` as filesystem
+is used. To control the size of these volumes use:
+
+- *hdsize*
+
+    Defines the total hard disk size to be used. This way you can reserve free
+    space on the hard disk for further partitioning.
+
+- *swapsize*
+
+    Defines the size of the ``swap`` volume. The default is the size of the
+    installed memory, minimum 4 GB and maximum 8 GB. The resulting value cannot
+    be greater than ``hdsize/8``.
+
+    If set to ``0``, no ``swap`` volume will be created.
+
+- *minfree*
+
+    Defines the amount of free space that should be left in the LVM volume group
+    ``pbs``. With more than 128GB storage available, the default is 16GB,
+    otherwise ``hdsize/8`` will be used.
+
+.. _advanced_zfs_options:
+
+Advanced ZFS Configuration Options
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The installer creates the ZFS pool ``rpool``, if ZFS is used. No swap space is
+created but you can reserve some unpartitioned space on the install disks for
+swap. You can also create a swap zvol after the installation, although this can
+lead to problems (see :ref:`ZFS swap notes <zfs_swap>`).
+
+- *ashift*
+
+    Defines the *ashift* value for the created pool. The *ashift* needs to be
+    set at least to the sector-size of the underlying disks (2 to the power of
+    *ashift* is the sector-size), or any disk which might be put in the pool
+    (for example the replacement of a defective disk).
+
+- *compress*
+
+    Defines whether compression is enabled for ``rpool``.
+
+- *checksum*
+
+    Defines which checksumming algorithm should be used for ``rpool``.
+
+- *copies*
+
+    Defines the *copies* parameter for ``rpool``. Check the ``zfs(8)`` manpage
+    for the semantics, and why this does not replace redundancy on disk-level.
+
+- *hdsize*
+
+    Defines the total hard disk size to be used. This is useful to save free
+    space on the hard disk(s) for further partitioning (for example, to create a
+    swap partition). *hdsize* is only honored for bootable disks, that is only
+    the first disk or mirror for RAID0, RAID1 or RAID10, and all disks in
+    RAID-Z[123].
+
+ZFS Performance Tips
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+ZFS works best with a lot of memory. If you intend to use ZFS make sure to have
+enough RAM available for it. A good calculation is 4GB plus 1GB RAM for each TB
+of raw disk space.
+
+ZFS can use a dedicated drive as write cache, called the ZFS Intent Log (ZIL).
+Use a fast drive (SSD) for it. It can be added after installation with the
+following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+    # zpool add <pool-name> log </dev/path_to_fast_ssd>
+
+.. _nomodeset_kernel_param:
+
+Adding the ``nomodeset`` Kernel Parameter
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Problems may arise on very old or very new hardware due to graphics drivers. If
+the installation hangs during boot, you can try adding the ``nomodeset``
+parameter. This prevents the Linux kernel from loading any graphics drivers and
+forces it to continue using the BIOS/UEFI-provided framebuffer.
+
+On the Proxmox Backup Server bootloader menu, navigate to *Install Proxmox
+Backup Server (Console)* and press ``e`` to edit the entry. Using the arrow
+keys, navigate to the line starting with ``linux``, move the cursor to the end
+of that line and add the parameter ``nomodeset``, separated by a space from the
+pre-existing last parameter.
+
+Then press ``Ctrl-X`` or ``F10`` to boot the configuration.

etc/Makefile

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ include ../defines.mk
 
 UNITS := \
 	proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer \
+	removable-device-attach@.service
 
 DYNAMIC_UNITS := \
 	proxmox-backup-banner.service \

etc/removable-device-attach@.service

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+[Unit]
+Description=Try to mount the removable device of a datastore with uuid '%i'.
+After=proxmox-backup-proxy.service
+Requires=proxmox-backup-proxy.service
+
+[Service]
+Type=simple
+ExecStart=/usr/sbin/proxmox-backup-manager datastore uuid-mount %i

examples/h2client.rs

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ use tokio::net::TcpStream;
 // Simple H2 client to test H2 download speed using h2server.rs
 
 struct Process {
-    body: h2::RecvStream,
+    body: h2::legacy::RecvStream,
     trailers: bool,
     bytes: usize,
 }
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ impl Future for Process {
 }
 
 fn send_request(
-    mut client: h2::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>,
+    mut client: h2::legacy::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>,
 ) -> impl Future<Output = Result<usize, Error>> {
     println!("sending request");
 
-    let request = http::Request::builder()
+    let request = hyper::http::Request::builder()
         .uri("http://localhost/")
         .body(())
         .unwrap();
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ async fn run() -> Result<(), Error> {
     let conn = TcpStream::connect(std::net::SocketAddr::from(([127, 0, 0, 1], 8008))).await?;
     conn.set_nodelay(true).unwrap();
 
-    let (client, h2) = h2::client::Builder::new()
+    let (client, h2) = h2::legacy::client::Builder::new()
         .initial_connection_window_size(1024 * 1024 * 1024)
         .initial_window_size(1024 * 1024 * 1024)
         .max_frame_size(4 * 1024 * 1024)

examples/h2s-client.rs

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ use tokio::net::TcpStream;
 // Simple H2 client to test H2 download speed using h2s-server.rs
 
 struct Process {
-    body: h2::RecvStream,
+    body: h2::legacy::RecvStream,
     trailers: bool,
     bytes: usize,
 }
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ impl Future for Process {
 }
 
 fn send_request(
-    mut client: h2::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>,
+    mut client: h2::legacy::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>,
 ) -> impl Future<Output = Result<usize, Error>> {
     println!("sending request");
 
-    let request = http::Request::builder()
+    let request = hyper::http::Request::builder()
         .uri("http://localhost/")
         .body(())
         .unwrap();
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ async fn run() -> Result<(), Error> {
         .await
         .map_err(|err| format_err!("connect failed - {}", err))?;
 
-    let (client, h2) = h2::client::Builder::new()
+    let (client, h2) = h2::legacy::client::Builder::new()
         .initial_connection_window_size(1024 * 1024 * 1024)
         .initial_window_size(1024 * 1024 * 1024)
         .max_frame_size(4 * 1024 * 1024)

examples/h2s-server.rs

@@ -8,6 +8,19 @@ use tokio::net::{TcpListener, TcpStream};
 
 use pbs_buildcfg::configdir;
 
+#[derive(Clone, Copy)]
+struct H2SExecutor;
+
+impl<Fut> hyper::rt::Executor<Fut> for H2SExecutor
+where
+    Fut: Future + Send + 'static,
+    Fut::Output: Send,
+{
+    fn execute(&self, fut: Fut) {
+        tokio::spawn(fut);
+    }
+}
+
 fn main() -> Result<(), Error> {
     proxmox_async::runtime::main(run())
 }
@@ -50,12 +63,11 @@ async fn handle_connection(socket: TcpStream, acceptor: Arc<SslAcceptor>) -> Res
 
     stream.as_mut().accept().await?;
 
-    let mut http = hyper::server::conn::Http::new();
-    http.http2_only(true);
+    let mut http = hyper::server::conn::http2::Builder::new(H2SExecutor);
     // increase window size: todo - find optiomal size
     let max_window_size = (1 << 31) - 2;
-    http.http2_initial_stream_window_size(max_window_size);
-    http.http2_initial_connection_window_size(max_window_size);
+    http.initial_stream_window_size(max_window_size);
+    http.initial_connection_window_size(max_window_size);
 
     let service = hyper::service::service_fn(|_req: Request<Body>| {
         println!("Got request");
@@ -63,8 +75,11 @@ async fn handle_connection(socket: TcpStream, acceptor: Arc<SslAcceptor>) -> Res
         let body = Body::from(buffer);
 
         let response = Response::builder()
-            .status(http::StatusCode::OK)
-            .header(http::header::CONTENT_TYPE, "application/octet-stream")
+            .status(hyper::http::StatusCode::OK)
+            .header(
+                hyper::http::header::CONTENT_TYPE,
+                "application/octet-stream",
+            )
             .body(body)
             .unwrap();
         future::ok::<_, Error>(response)

examples/h2server.rs

@@ -1,9 +1,24 @@
+use std::future::Future;
+
 use anyhow::Error;
 use futures::*;
 use hyper::{Body, Request, Response};
 
 use tokio::net::{TcpListener, TcpStream};
 
+#[derive(Clone, Copy)]
+struct H2Executor;
+
+impl<Fut> hyper::rt::Executor<Fut> for H2Executor
+where
+    Fut: Future + Send + 'static,
+    Fut::Output: Send,
+{
+    fn execute(&self, fut: Fut) {
+        tokio::spawn(fut);
+    }
+}
+
 fn main() -> Result<(), Error> {
     proxmox_async::runtime::main(run())
 }
@@ -26,12 +41,11 @@ async fn run() -> Result<(), Error> {
 async fn handle_connection(socket: TcpStream) -> Result<(), Error> {
     socket.set_nodelay(true).unwrap();
 
-    let mut http = hyper::server::conn::Http::new();
-    http.http2_only(true);
+    let mut http = hyper::server::conn::http2::Builder::new(H2Executor);
     // increase window size: todo - find optiomal size
     let max_window_size = (1 << 31) - 2;
-    http.http2_initial_stream_window_size(max_window_size);
-    http.http2_initial_connection_window_size(max_window_size);
+    http.initial_stream_window_size(max_window_size);
+    http.initial_connection_window_size(max_window_size);
 
     let service = hyper::service::service_fn(|_req: Request<Body>| {
         println!("Got request");
@@ -39,8 +53,11 @@ async fn handle_connection(socket: TcpStream) -> Result<(), Error> {
         let body = Body::from(buffer);
 
         let response = Response::builder()
-            .status(http::StatusCode::OK)
-            .header(http::header::CONTENT_TYPE, "application/octet-stream")
+            .status(hyper::http::StatusCode::OK)
+            .header(
+                hyper::http::header::CONTENT_TYPE,
+                "application/octet-stream",
+            )
             .body(body)
             .unwrap();
         future::ok::<_, Error>(response)

examples/test_chunk_speed2.rs

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
+use std::str::FromStr;
+
 use anyhow::Error;
 use futures::*;
 
-extern crate proxmox_backup;
-
 use pbs_client::ChunkStream;
+use proxmox_human_byte::HumanByte;
 
 // Test Chunker with real data read from a file.
 //
@@ -21,9 +22,19 @@ fn main() {
 async fn run() -> Result<(), Error> {
     let file = tokio::fs::File::open("random-test.dat").await?;
 
-    let stream = tokio_util::codec::FramedRead::new(file, tokio_util::codec::BytesCodec::new())
-        .map_ok(|bytes| bytes.to_vec())
-        .map_err(Error::from);
+    let mut args = std::env::args();
+    args.next();
+
+    let buffer_size = args.next().unwrap_or("8k".to_string());
+    let buffer_size = HumanByte::from_str(&buffer_size)?;
+    println!("Using buffer size {buffer_size}");
+
+    let stream = tokio_util::codec::FramedRead::with_capacity(
+        file,
+        tokio_util::codec::BytesCodec::new(),
+        buffer_size.as_u64() as usize,
+    )
+    .map_err(Error::from);
 
     //let chunk_stream = FixedChunkStream::new(stream, 4*1024*1024);
     let mut chunk_stream = ChunkStream::new(stream, None, None, None);
@@ -40,7 +51,7 @@ async fn run() -> Result<(), Error> {
         repeat += 1;
         stream_len += chunk.len();
 
-        println!("Got chunk {}", chunk.len());
+        //println!("Got chunk {}", chunk.len());
     }
 
     let speed =

pbs-api-types/Cargo.toml

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-[package]
-name = "pbs-api-types"
-version = "0.1.0"
-authors.workspace = true
-edition.workspace = true
-description = "general API type helpers for PBS"
-
-[dependencies]
-anyhow.workspace = true
-const_format.workspace = true
-hex.workspace = true
-lazy_static.workspace = true
-percent-encoding.workspace = true
-regex.workspace = true
-serde.workspace = true
-serde_plain.workspace = true
-
-proxmox-auth-api = { workspace = true, features = [ "api-types" ] }
-proxmox-human-byte.workspace = true
-proxmox-lang.workspace=true
-proxmox-schema = { workspace = true, features = [ "api-macro" ] }
-proxmox-serde.workspace = true
-proxmox-time.workspace = true
-proxmox-uuid = { workspace = true, features = [ "serde" ] }

pbs-api-types/src/acl.rs

@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-use std::str::FromStr;
-
-use const_format::concatcp;
-use serde::de::{value, IntoDeserializer};
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_lang::constnamedbitmap;
-use proxmox_schema::{
-    api, const_regex, ApiStringFormat, BooleanSchema, EnumEntry, Schema, StringSchema,
-};
-
-use crate::PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR;
-
-const_regex! {
-    pub ACL_PATH_REGEX = concatcp!(r"^(?:/|", r"(?:/", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, ")+", r")$");
-}
-
-// define Privilege bitfield
-
-constnamedbitmap! {
-    /// Contains a list of privilege name to privilege value mappings.
-    ///
-    /// The names are used when displaying/persisting privileges anywhere, the values are used to
-    /// allow easy matching of privileges as bitflags.
-    PRIVILEGES: u64 => {
-        /// Sys.Audit allows knowing about the system and its status
-        PRIV_SYS_AUDIT("Sys.Audit");
-        /// Sys.Modify allows modifying system-level configuration
-        PRIV_SYS_MODIFY("Sys.Modify");
-        /// Sys.Modify allows to poweroff/reboot/.. the system
-        PRIV_SYS_POWER_MANAGEMENT("Sys.PowerManagement");
-
-        /// Datastore.Audit allows knowing about a datastore,
-        /// including reading the configuration entry and listing its contents
-        PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT("Datastore.Audit");
-        /// Datastore.Allocate allows creating or deleting datastores
-        PRIV_DATASTORE_ALLOCATE("Datastore.Allocate");
-        /// Datastore.Modify allows modifying a datastore and its contents
-        PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY("Datastore.Modify");
-        /// Datastore.Read allows reading arbitrary backup contents
-        PRIV_DATASTORE_READ("Datastore.Read");
-        /// Allows verifying a datastore
-        PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY("Datastore.Verify");
-
-        /// Datastore.Backup allows Datastore.Read|Verify and creating new snapshots,
-        /// but also requires backup ownership
-        PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP("Datastore.Backup");
-        /// Datastore.Prune allows deleting snapshots,
-        /// but also requires backup ownership
-        PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE("Datastore.Prune");
-
-        /// Permissions.Modify allows modifying ACLs
-        PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY("Permissions.Modify");
-
-        /// Remote.Audit allows reading remote.cfg and sync.cfg entries
-        PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT("Remote.Audit");
-        /// Remote.Modify allows modifying remote.cfg
-        PRIV_REMOTE_MODIFY("Remote.Modify");
-        /// Remote.Read allows reading data from a configured `Remote`
-        PRIV_REMOTE_READ("Remote.Read");
-
-        /// Sys.Console allows access to the system's console
-        PRIV_SYS_CONSOLE("Sys.Console");
-
-        /// Tape.Audit allows reading tape backup configuration and status
-        PRIV_TAPE_AUDIT("Tape.Audit");
-        /// Tape.Modify allows modifying tape backup configuration
-        PRIV_TAPE_MODIFY("Tape.Modify");
-        /// Tape.Write allows writing tape media
-        PRIV_TAPE_WRITE("Tape.Write");
-        /// Tape.Read allows reading tape backup configuration and media contents
-        PRIV_TAPE_READ("Tape.Read");
-
-        /// Realm.Allocate allows viewing, creating, modifying and deleting realms
-        PRIV_REALM_ALLOCATE("Realm.Allocate");
-    }
-}
-
-pub fn privs_to_priv_names(privs: u64) -> Vec<&'static str> {
-    PRIVILEGES
-        .iter()
-        .fold(Vec::new(), |mut priv_names, (name, value)| {
-            if value & privs != 0 {
-                priv_names.push(name);
-            }
-            priv_names
-        })
-}
-
-/// Admin always has all privileges. It can do everything except a few actions
-/// which are limited to the 'root@pam` superuser
-pub const ROLE_ADMIN: u64 = u64::MAX;
-
-/// NoAccess can be used to remove privileges from specific (sub-)paths
-pub const ROLE_NO_ACCESS: u64 = 0;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Audit can view configuration and status information, but not modify it.
-pub const ROLE_AUDIT: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_SYS_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Datastore.Admin can do anything on the datastore.
-pub const ROLE_DATASTORE_ADMIN: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_READ
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Datastore.Reader can read/verify datastore content and do restore
-pub const ROLE_DATASTORE_READER: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_READ;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Datastore.Backup can do backup and restore, but no prune.
-pub const ROLE_DATASTORE_BACKUP: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Datastore.PowerUser can do backup, restore, and prune.
-pub const ROLE_DATASTORE_POWERUSER: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Datastore.Audit can audit the datastore.
-pub const ROLE_DATASTORE_AUDIT: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Remote.Audit can audit the remote
-pub const ROLE_REMOTE_AUDIT: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Remote.Admin can do anything on the remote.
-pub const ROLE_REMOTE_ADMIN: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_REMOTE_MODIFY
-    | PRIV_REMOTE_READ;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Remote.SyncOperator can do read and prune on the remote.
-pub const ROLE_REMOTE_SYNC_OPERATOR: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_REMOTE_READ;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Tape.Audit can audit the tape backup configuration and media content
-pub const ROLE_TAPE_AUDIT: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_TAPE_AUDIT;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Tape.Admin can do anything on the tape backup
-pub const ROLE_TAPE_ADMIN: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_TAPE_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_TAPE_MODIFY
-    | PRIV_TAPE_READ
-    | PRIV_TAPE_WRITE;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Tape.Operator can do tape backup and restore (but no configuration changes)
-pub const ROLE_TAPE_OPERATOR: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_TAPE_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_TAPE_READ
-    | PRIV_TAPE_WRITE;
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-#[allow(clippy::identity_op)]
-/// Tape.Reader can do read and inspect tape content
-pub const ROLE_TAPE_READER: u64 = 0
-    | PRIV_TAPE_AUDIT
-    | PRIV_TAPE_READ;
-
-/// NoAccess can be used to remove privileges from specific (sub-)paths
-pub const ROLE_NAME_NO_ACCESS: &str = "NoAccess";
-
-#[api(
-    type_text: "<role>",
-)]
-#[repr(u64)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-/// Enum representing roles via their [PRIVILEGES] combination.
-///
-/// Since privileges are implemented as bitflags, each unique combination of privileges maps to a
-/// single, unique `u64` value that is used in this enum definition.
-pub enum Role {
-    /// Administrator
-    Admin = ROLE_ADMIN,
-    /// Auditor
-    Audit = ROLE_AUDIT,
-    /// Disable Access
-    NoAccess = ROLE_NO_ACCESS,
-    /// Datastore Administrator
-    DatastoreAdmin = ROLE_DATASTORE_ADMIN,
-    /// Datastore Reader (inspect datastore content and do restores)
-    DatastoreReader = ROLE_DATASTORE_READER,
-    /// Datastore Backup (backup and restore owned backups)
-    DatastoreBackup = ROLE_DATASTORE_BACKUP,
-    /// Datastore PowerUser (backup, restore and prune owned backup)
-    DatastorePowerUser = ROLE_DATASTORE_POWERUSER,
-    /// Datastore Auditor
-    DatastoreAudit = ROLE_DATASTORE_AUDIT,
-    /// Remote Auditor
-    RemoteAudit = ROLE_REMOTE_AUDIT,
-    /// Remote Administrator
-    RemoteAdmin = ROLE_REMOTE_ADMIN,
-    /// Syncronisation Opertator
-    RemoteSyncOperator = ROLE_REMOTE_SYNC_OPERATOR,
-    /// Tape Auditor
-    TapeAudit = ROLE_TAPE_AUDIT,
-    /// Tape Administrator
-    TapeAdmin = ROLE_TAPE_ADMIN,
-    /// Tape Operator
-    TapeOperator = ROLE_TAPE_OPERATOR,
-    /// Tape Reader
-    TapeReader = ROLE_TAPE_READER,
-}
-
-impl FromStr for Role {
-    type Err = value::Error;
-
-    fn from_str(s: &str) -> Result<Self, Self::Err> {
-        Self::deserialize(s.into_deserializer())
-    }
-}
-
-pub const ACL_PATH_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat = ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&ACL_PATH_REGEX);
-
-pub const ACL_PATH_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Access control path.")
-    .format(&ACL_PATH_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(1)
-    .max_length(128)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const ACL_PROPAGATE_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    BooleanSchema::new("Allow to propagate (inherit) permissions.")
-        .default(true)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const ACL_UGID_TYPE_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Type of 'ugid' property.")
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::Enum(&[
-        EnumEntry::new("user", "User"),
-        EnumEntry::new("group", "Group"),
-    ]))
-    .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        propagate: {
-            schema: ACL_PROPAGATE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-	path: {
-            schema: ACL_PATH_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        ugid_type: {
-            schema: ACL_UGID_TYPE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-	ugid: {
-            type: String,
-            description: "User or Group ID.",
-        },
-	roleid: {
-            type: Role,
-        }
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-/// ACL list entry.
-pub struct AclListItem {
-    pub path: String,
-    pub ugid: String,
-    pub ugid_type: String,
-    pub propagate: bool,
-    pub roleid: String,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/ad.rs

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, Updater};
-
-use super::{
-    LdapMode, LDAP_DOMAIN_SCHEMA, REALM_ID_SCHEMA, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-    SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_SCHEMA, SYNC_DEFAULTS_STRING_SCHEMA, USER_CLASSES_SCHEMA,
-};
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "realm": {
-            schema: REALM_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "comment": {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "verify": {
-            optional: true,
-            default: false,
-        },
-        "sync-defaults-options": {
-            schema: SYNC_DEFAULTS_STRING_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "sync-attributes": {
-            schema: SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "user-classes" : {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: USER_CLASSES_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "base-dn" : {
-            schema: LDAP_DOMAIN_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "bind-dn" : {
-            schema: LDAP_DOMAIN_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        }
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, Clone)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// AD realm configuration properties.
-pub struct AdRealmConfig {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub realm: String,
-    /// AD server address
-    pub server1: String,
-    /// Fallback AD server address
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub server2: Option<String>,
-    /// AD server Port
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub port: Option<u16>,
-    /// Base domain name. Users are searched under this domain using a `subtree search`.
-    /// Expected to be set only internally to `defaultNamingContext` of the AD server, but can be
-    /// overridden if the need arises.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub base_dn: Option<String>,
-    /// Comment
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    /// Connection security
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub mode: Option<LdapMode>,
-    /// Verify server certificate
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub verify: Option<bool>,
-    /// CA certificate to use for the server. The path can point to
-    /// either a file, or a directory. If it points to a file,
-    /// the PEM-formatted X.509 certificate stored at the path
-    /// will be added as a trusted certificate.
-    /// If the path points to a directory,
-    /// the directory replaces the system's default certificate
-    /// store at `/etc/ssl/certs` - Every file in the directory
-    /// will be loaded as a trusted certificate.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub capath: Option<String>,
-    /// Bind domain to use for looking up users
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bind_dn: Option<String>,
-    /// Custom LDAP search filter for user sync
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub filter: Option<String>,
-    /// Default options for AD sync
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub sync_defaults_options: Option<String>,
-    /// List of LDAP attributes to sync from AD to user config
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub sync_attributes: Option<String>,
-    /// User ``objectClass`` classes to sync
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub user_classes: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/crypto.rs

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-use std::fmt::{self, Display};
-
-use anyhow::Error;
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::api;
-
-#[api(default: "encrypt")]
-#[derive(Copy, Clone, Debug, Eq, PartialEq, Deserialize, Serialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Defines whether data is encrypted (using an AEAD cipher), only signed, or neither.
-pub enum CryptMode {
-    /// Don't encrypt.
-    None,
-    /// Encrypt.
-    Encrypt,
-    /// Only sign.
-    SignOnly,
-}
-
-#[derive(Debug, Eq, PartialEq, Hash, Clone, Deserialize, Serialize)]
-#[serde(transparent)]
-/// 32-byte fingerprint, usually calculated with SHA256.
-pub struct Fingerprint {
-    #[serde(with = "bytes_as_fingerprint")]
-    bytes: [u8; 32],
-}
-
-impl Fingerprint {
-    pub fn new(bytes: [u8; 32]) -> Self {
-        Self { bytes }
-    }
-    pub fn bytes(&self) -> &[u8; 32] {
-        &self.bytes
-    }
-    pub fn signature(&self) -> String {
-        as_fingerprint(&self.bytes)
-    }
-}
-
-/// Display as short key ID
-impl Display for Fingerprint {
-    fn fmt(&self, f: &mut fmt::Formatter<'_>) -> fmt::Result {
-        write!(f, "{}", as_fingerprint(&self.bytes[0..8]))
-    }
-}
-
-impl std::str::FromStr for Fingerprint {
-    type Err = Error;
-
-    fn from_str(s: &str) -> Result<Self, Error> {
-        let mut tmp = s.to_string();
-        tmp.retain(|c| c != ':');
-        let mut bytes = [0u8; 32];
-        hex::decode_to_slice(&tmp, &mut bytes)?;
-        Ok(Fingerprint::new(bytes))
-    }
-}
-
-fn as_fingerprint(bytes: &[u8]) -> String {
-    hex::encode(bytes)
-        .as_bytes()
-        .chunks(2)
-        .map(|v| unsafe { std::str::from_utf8_unchecked(v) }) // it's a hex string
-        .collect::<Vec<&str>>()
-        .join(":")
-}
-
-pub mod bytes_as_fingerprint {
-    use std::mem::MaybeUninit;
-
-    use serde::{Deserialize, Deserializer, Serializer};
-
-    pub fn serialize<S>(bytes: &[u8; 32], serializer: S) -> Result<S::Ok, S::Error>
-    where
-        S: Serializer,
-    {
-        let s = super::as_fingerprint(bytes);
-        serializer.serialize_str(&s)
-    }
-
-    pub fn deserialize<'de, D>(deserializer: D) -> Result<[u8; 32], D::Error>
-    where
-        D: Deserializer<'de>,
-    {
-        // TODO: more efficiently implement with a Visitor implementing visit_str using split() and
-        // hex::decode by-byte
-        let mut s = String::deserialize(deserializer)?;
-        s.retain(|c| c != ':');
-        let mut out = MaybeUninit::<[u8; 32]>::uninit();
-        hex::decode_to_slice(s.as_bytes(), unsafe { &mut (*out.as_mut_ptr())[..] })
-            .map_err(serde::de::Error::custom)?;
-        Ok(unsafe { out.assume_init() })
-    }
-}

pbs-api-types/src/file_restore.rs

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::api;
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// General status information about a running VM file-restore daemon
-pub struct RestoreDaemonStatus {
-    /// VM uptime in seconds
-    pub uptime: i64,
-    /// time left until auto-shutdown, keep in mind that this is useless when 'keep-timeout' is
-    /// not set, as then the status call will have reset the timer before returning the value
-    pub timeout: i64,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, PartialEq, Eq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// The desired format of the result.
-pub enum FileRestoreFormat {
-    /// Plain file (only works for single files)
-    Plain,
-    /// PXAR archive
-    Pxar,
-    /// ZIP archive
-    Zip,
-    /// TAR archive
-    Tar,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/jobs.rs

@@ -1,799 +0,0 @@
-use std::str::FromStr;
-
-use anyhow::bail;
-use const_format::concatcp;
-use regex::Regex;
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::*;
-
-use crate::{
-    Authid, BackupNamespace, BackupType, NotificationMode, RateLimitConfig, Userid,
-    BACKUP_GROUP_SCHEMA, BACKUP_NAMESPACE_SCHEMA, BACKUP_NS_RE, DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
-    DRIVE_NAME_SCHEMA, MEDIA_POOL_NAME_SCHEMA, NS_MAX_DEPTH_REDUCED_SCHEMA, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT,
-    PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-};
-
-const_regex! {
-
-    /// Regex for verification jobs 'DATASTORE:ACTUAL_JOB_ID'
-    pub VERIFICATION_JOB_WORKER_ID_REGEX = concatcp!(r"^(", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r"):");
-    /// Regex for sync jobs '(REMOTE|\-):REMOTE_DATASTORE:LOCAL_DATASTORE:(?:LOCAL_NS_ANCHOR:)ACTUAL_JOB_ID'
-    pub SYNC_JOB_WORKER_ID_REGEX = concatcp!(r"^(", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r"|\-):(", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r"):(", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r")(?::(", BACKUP_NS_RE, r"))?:");
-}
-
-pub const JOB_ID_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Job ID.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const SYNC_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Run sync job at specified schedule.")
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(
-        proxmox_time::verify_calendar_event,
-    ))
-    .type_text("<calendar-event>")
-    .schema();
-
-pub const GC_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Run garbage collection job at specified schedule.")
-        .format(&ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(
-            proxmox_time::verify_calendar_event,
-        ))
-        .type_text("<calendar-event>")
-        .schema();
-
-pub const PRUNE_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Run prune job at specified schedule.")
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(
-        proxmox_time::verify_calendar_event,
-    ))
-    .type_text("<calendar-event>")
-    .schema();
-
-pub const VERIFICATION_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Run verify job at specified schedule.")
-        .format(&ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(
-            proxmox_time::verify_calendar_event,
-        ))
-        .type_text("<calendar-event>")
-        .schema();
-
-pub const REMOVE_VANISHED_BACKUPS_SCHEMA: Schema = BooleanSchema::new(
-    "Delete vanished backups. This remove the local copy if the remote backup was deleted.",
-)
-.default(false)
-.schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "next-run": {
-            description: "Estimated time of the next run (UNIX epoch).",
-            optional: true,
-            type: Integer,
-        },
-        "last-run-state": {
-            description: "Result of the last run.",
-            optional: true,
-            type: String,
-        },
-        "last-run-upid": {
-            description: "Task UPID of the last run.",
-            optional: true,
-            type: String,
-        },
-        "last-run-endtime": {
-            description: "Endtime of the last run.",
-            optional: true,
-            type: Integer,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Job Scheduling Status
-pub struct JobScheduleStatus {
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub next_run: Option<i64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub last_run_state: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub last_run_upid: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub last_run_endtime: Option<i64>,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// When do we send notifications
-pub enum Notify {
-    /// Never send notification
-    Never,
-    /// Send notifications for failed and successful jobs
-    Always,
-    /// Send notifications for failed jobs only
-    Error,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        gc: {
-            type: Notify,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        verify: {
-            type: Notify,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        sync: {
-            type: Notify,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        prune: {
-            type: Notify,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Debug, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-/// Datastore notify settings
-pub struct DatastoreNotify {
-    /// Garbage collection settings
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub gc: Option<Notify>,
-    /// Verify job setting
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub verify: Option<Notify>,
-    /// Sync job setting
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub sync: Option<Notify>,
-    /// Prune job setting
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub prune: Option<Notify>,
-}
-
-pub const DATASTORE_NOTIFY_STRING_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-    "Datastore notification setting, enum can be one of 'always', 'never', or 'error'.",
-)
-.format(&ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(
-    &DatastoreNotify::API_SCHEMA,
-))
-.schema();
-
-pub const IGNORE_VERIFIED_BACKUPS_SCHEMA: Schema = BooleanSchema::new(
-    "Do not verify backups that are already verified if their verification is not outdated.",
-)
-.default(true)
-.schema();
-
-pub const VERIFICATION_OUTDATED_AFTER_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    IntegerSchema::new("Days after that a verification becomes outdated. (0 is deprecated)'")
-        .minimum(0)
-        .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        id: {
-            schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        store: {
-            schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "ignore-verified": {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: IGNORE_VERIFIED_BACKUPS_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "outdated-after": {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: VERIFICATION_OUTDATED_AFTER_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        schedule: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: VERIFICATION_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        ns: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: BACKUP_NAMESPACE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "max-depth": {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: crate::NS_MAX_DEPTH_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Verification Job
-pub struct VerificationJobConfig {
-    /// unique ID to address this job
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub id: String,
-    /// the datastore ID this verification job affects
-    pub store: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// if not set to false, check the age of the last snapshot verification to filter
-    /// out recent ones, depending on 'outdated_after' configuration.
-    pub ignore_verified: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// Reverify snapshots after X days, never if 0. Ignored if 'ignore_verified' is false.
-    pub outdated_after: Option<i64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// when to schedule this job in calendar event notation
-    pub schedule: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none", default)]
-    /// on which backup namespace to run the verification recursively
-    pub ns: Option<BackupNamespace>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none", default)]
-    /// how deep the verify should go from the `ns` level downwards. Passing 0 verifies only the
-    /// snapshots on the same level as the passed `ns`, or the datastore root if none.
-    pub max_depth: Option<usize>,
-}
-
-impl VerificationJobConfig {
-    pub fn acl_path(&self) -> Vec<&str> {
-        match self.ns.as_ref() {
-            Some(ns) => ns.acl_path(&self.store),
-            None => vec!["datastore", &self.store],
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        config: {
-            type: VerificationJobConfig,
-        },
-        status: {
-            type: JobScheduleStatus,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Status of Verification Job
-pub struct VerificationJobStatus {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: VerificationJobConfig,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub status: JobScheduleStatus,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        store: {
-           schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        pool: {
-            schema: MEDIA_POOL_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        drive: {
-            schema: DRIVE_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "eject-media": {
-            description: "Eject media upon job completion.",
-            type: bool,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "export-media-set": {
-            description: "Export media set upon job completion.",
-            type: bool,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "latest-only": {
-            description: "Backup latest snapshots only.",
-            type: bool,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "notify-user": {
-            optional: true,
-            type: Userid,
-        },
-        "group-filter": {
-            schema: GROUP_FILTER_LIST_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        ns: {
-            type: BackupNamespace,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "max-depth": {
-            schema: crate::NS_MAX_DEPTH_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, Updater, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Tape Backup Job Setup
-pub struct TapeBackupJobSetup {
-    pub store: String,
-    pub pool: String,
-    pub drive: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub eject_media: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub export_media_set: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub latest_only: Option<bool>,
-    /// Send job email notification to this user
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub notify_user: Option<Userid>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub notification_mode: Option<NotificationMode>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub group_filter: Option<Vec<GroupFilter>>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none", default)]
-    pub ns: Option<BackupNamespace>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none", default)]
-    pub max_depth: Option<usize>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        id: {
-            schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        setup: {
-            type: TapeBackupJobSetup,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        schedule: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SYNC_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, Updater, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Tape Backup Job
-pub struct TapeBackupJobConfig {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub id: String,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub setup: TapeBackupJobSetup,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub schedule: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        config: {
-            type: TapeBackupJobConfig,
-        },
-        status: {
-            type: JobScheduleStatus,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Status of Tape Backup Job
-pub struct TapeBackupJobStatus {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: TapeBackupJobConfig,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub status: JobScheduleStatus,
-    /// Next tape used (best guess)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub next_media_label: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[derive(Clone, Debug)]
-/// Filter for matching `BackupGroup`s, for use with `BackupGroup::filter`.
-pub enum FilterType {
-    /// BackupGroup type - either `vm`, `ct`, or `host`.
-    BackupType(BackupType),
-    /// Full identifier of BackupGroup, including type
-    Group(String),
-    /// A regular expression matched against the full identifier of the BackupGroup
-    Regex(Regex),
-}
-
-impl PartialEq for FilterType {
-    fn eq(&self, other: &Self) -> bool {
-        match (self, other) {
-            (Self::BackupType(a), Self::BackupType(b)) => a == b,
-            (Self::Group(a), Self::Group(b)) => a == b,
-            (Self::Regex(a), Self::Regex(b)) => a.as_str() == b.as_str(),
-            _ => false,
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-impl std::str::FromStr for FilterType {
-    type Err = anyhow::Error;
-
-    fn from_str(s: &str) -> Result<Self, Self::Err> {
-        Ok(match s.split_once(':') {
-            Some(("group", value)) => BACKUP_GROUP_SCHEMA.parse_simple_value(value).map(|_| FilterType::Group(value.to_string()))?,
-            Some(("type", value)) => FilterType::BackupType(value.parse()?),
-            Some(("regex", value)) => FilterType::Regex(Regex::new(value)?),
-            Some((ty, _value)) => bail!("expected 'group', 'type' or 'regex' prefix, got '{}'", ty),
-            None => bail!("input doesn't match expected format '<group:GROUP||type:<vm|ct|host>|regex:REGEX>'"),
-        })
-    }
-}
-
-// used for serializing below, caution!
-impl std::fmt::Display for FilterType {
-    fn fmt(&self, f: &mut std::fmt::Formatter<'_>) -> std::fmt::Result {
-        match self {
-            FilterType::BackupType(backup_type) => write!(f, "type:{}", backup_type),
-            FilterType::Group(backup_group) => write!(f, "group:{}", backup_group),
-            FilterType::Regex(regex) => write!(f, "regex:{}", regex.as_str()),
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#[derive(Clone, Debug)]
-pub struct GroupFilter {
-    pub is_exclude: bool,
-    pub filter_type: FilterType,
-}
-
-impl PartialEq for GroupFilter {
-    fn eq(&self, other: &Self) -> bool {
-        self.filter_type == other.filter_type && self.is_exclude == other.is_exclude
-    }
-}
-
-impl Eq for GroupFilter {}
-
-impl std::str::FromStr for GroupFilter {
-    type Err = anyhow::Error;
-
-    fn from_str(s: &str) -> Result<Self, Self::Err> {
-        let (is_exclude, type_str) = match s.split_once(':') {
-            Some(("include", value)) => (false, value),
-            Some(("exclude", value)) => (true, value),
-            _ => (false, s),
-        };
-
-        Ok(GroupFilter {
-            is_exclude,
-            filter_type: type_str.parse()?,
-        })
-    }
-}
-
-// used for serializing below, caution!
-impl std::fmt::Display for GroupFilter {
-    fn fmt(&self, f: &mut std::fmt::Formatter<'_>) -> std::fmt::Result {
-        if self.is_exclude {
-            f.write_str("exclude:")?;
-        }
-        std::fmt::Display::fmt(&self.filter_type, f)
-    }
-}
-
-proxmox_serde::forward_deserialize_to_from_str!(GroupFilter);
-proxmox_serde::forward_serialize_to_display!(GroupFilter);
-
-fn verify_group_filter(input: &str) -> Result<(), anyhow::Error> {
-    GroupFilter::from_str(input).map(|_| ())
-}
-
-pub const GROUP_FILTER_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-    "Group filter based on group identifier ('group:GROUP'), group type ('type:<vm|ct|host>'), or regex ('regex:RE'). Can be inverted by prepending 'exclude:'.")
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(verify_group_filter))
-    .type_text("[<exclude:|include:>]<type:<vm|ct|host>|group:GROUP|regex:RE>")
-    .schema();
-
-pub const GROUP_FILTER_LIST_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    ArraySchema::new("List of group filters.", &GROUP_FILTER_SCHEMA).schema();
-
-pub const TRANSFER_LAST_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    IntegerSchema::new("Limit transfer to last N snapshots (per group), skipping others")
-        .minimum(1)
-        .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        id: {
-            schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        store: {
-           schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        ns: {
-            type: BackupNamespace,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "owner": {
-            type: Authid,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        remote: {
-            schema: REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "remote-store": {
-            schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "remote-ns": {
-            type: BackupNamespace,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "remove-vanished": {
-            schema: REMOVE_VANISHED_BACKUPS_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "max-depth": {
-            schema: NS_MAX_DEPTH_REDUCED_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        limit: {
-            type: RateLimitConfig,
-        },
-        schedule: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SYNC_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "group-filter": {
-            schema: GROUP_FILTER_LIST_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "transfer-last": {
-            schema: TRANSFER_LAST_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, Updater, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Sync Job
-pub struct SyncJobConfig {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub id: String,
-    pub store: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub ns: Option<BackupNamespace>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub owner: Option<Authid>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// None implies local sync.
-    pub remote: Option<String>,
-    pub remote_store: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub remote_ns: Option<BackupNamespace>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub remove_vanished: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub max_depth: Option<usize>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub schedule: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub group_filter: Option<Vec<GroupFilter>>,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub limit: RateLimitConfig,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub transfer_last: Option<usize>,
-}
-
-impl SyncJobConfig {
-    pub fn acl_path(&self) -> Vec<&str> {
-        match self.ns.as_ref() {
-            Some(ns) => ns.acl_path(&self.store),
-            None => vec!["datastore", &self.store],
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        config: {
-            type: SyncJobConfig,
-        },
-        status: {
-            type: JobScheduleStatus,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Status of Sync Job
-pub struct SyncJobStatus {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: SyncJobConfig,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub status: JobScheduleStatus,
-}
-
-/// These are used separately without `ns`/`max-depth` sometimes in the API, specifically in the API
-/// call to prune a specific group, where `max-depth` makes no sense.
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "keep-last": {
-            schema: crate::PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_LAST,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "keep-hourly": {
-            schema: crate::PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_HOURLY,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "keep-daily": {
-            schema: crate::PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_DAILY,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "keep-weekly": {
-            schema: crate::PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_WEEKLY,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "keep-monthly": {
-            schema: crate::PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_MONTHLY,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "keep-yearly": {
-            schema: crate::PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_YEARLY,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default, Updater, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Common pruning options
-pub struct KeepOptions {
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub keep_last: Option<u64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub keep_hourly: Option<u64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub keep_daily: Option<u64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub keep_weekly: Option<u64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub keep_monthly: Option<u64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub keep_yearly: Option<u64>,
-}
-
-impl KeepOptions {
-    pub fn keeps_something(&self) -> bool {
-        self.keep_last.unwrap_or(0)
-            + self.keep_hourly.unwrap_or(0)
-            + self.keep_daily.unwrap_or(0)
-            + self.keep_weekly.unwrap_or(0)
-            + self.keep_monthly.unwrap_or(0)
-            + self.keep_yearly.unwrap_or(0)
-            > 0
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        keep: {
-            type: KeepOptions,
-        },
-        ns: {
-            type: BackupNamespace,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "max-depth": {
-            schema: NS_MAX_DEPTH_REDUCED_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default, Updater, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Common pruning options
-pub struct PruneJobOptions {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub keep: KeepOptions,
-
-    /// The (optional) recursion depth
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub max_depth: Option<usize>,
-
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub ns: Option<BackupNamespace>,
-}
-
-impl PruneJobOptions {
-    pub fn keeps_something(&self) -> bool {
-        self.keep.keeps_something()
-    }
-
-    pub fn acl_path<'a>(&'a self, store: &'a str) -> Vec<&'a str> {
-        match &self.ns {
-            Some(ns) => ns.acl_path(store),
-            None => vec!["datastore", store],
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        disable: {
-            type: Boolean,
-            optional: true,
-            default: false,
-        },
-        id: {
-            schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        store: {
-            schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        schedule: {
-            schema: PRUNE_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        options: {
-            type: PruneJobOptions,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Deserialize, Serialize, Updater, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Prune configuration.
-pub struct PruneJobConfig {
-    /// unique ID to address this job
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub id: String,
-
-    pub store: String,
-
-    /// Disable this job.
-    #[serde(default, skip_serializing_if = "is_false")]
-    #[updater(serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none"))]
-    pub disable: bool,
-
-    pub schedule: String,
-
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub options: PruneJobOptions,
-}
-
-impl PruneJobConfig {
-    pub fn acl_path(&self) -> Vec<&str> {
-        self.options.acl_path(&self.store)
-    }
-}
-
-fn is_false(b: &bool) -> bool {
-    !b
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        config: {
-            type: PruneJobConfig,
-        },
-        status: {
-            type: JobScheduleStatus,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Status of prune job
-pub struct PruneJobStatus {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: PruneJobConfig,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub status: JobScheduleStatus,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/key_derivation.rs

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::api;
-
-use crate::CERT_FINGERPRINT_SHA256_SCHEMA;
-
-#[api(default: "scrypt")]
-#[derive(Clone, Copy, Debug, Deserialize, Serialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// Key derivation function for password protected encryption keys.
-pub enum Kdf {
-    /// Do not encrypt the key.
-    None,
-    /// Encrypt they key with a password using SCrypt.
-    Scrypt,
-    /// Encrtypt the Key with a password using PBKDF2
-    PBKDF2,
-}
-
-impl Default for Kdf {
-    #[inline]
-    fn default() -> Self {
-        Kdf::Scrypt
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        kdf: {
-            type: Kdf,
-        },
-        fingerprint: {
-            schema: CERT_FINGERPRINT_SHA256_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Deserialize, Serialize)]
-/// Encryption Key Information
-pub struct KeyInfo {
-    /// Path to key (if stored in a file)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub path: Option<String>,
-    pub kdf: Kdf,
-    /// Key creation time
-    pub created: i64,
-    /// Key modification time
-    pub modified: i64,
-    /// Key fingerprint
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub fingerprint: Option<String>,
-    /// Password hint
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub hint: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/ldap.rs

@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, ApiStringFormat, ApiType, ArraySchema, Schema, StringSchema, Updater};
-
-use super::{REALM_ID_SCHEMA, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA};
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize, Default)]
-/// LDAP connection type
-pub enum LdapMode {
-    /// Plaintext LDAP connection
-    #[serde(rename = "ldap")]
-    #[default]
-    Ldap,
-    /// Secure STARTTLS connection
-    #[serde(rename = "ldap+starttls")]
-    StartTls,
-    /// Secure LDAPS connection
-    #[serde(rename = "ldaps")]
-    Ldaps,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "realm": {
-            schema: REALM_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "comment": {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "verify": {
-            optional: true,
-            default: false,
-        },
-        "sync-defaults-options": {
-            schema: SYNC_DEFAULTS_STRING_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "sync-attributes": {
-            schema: SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "user-classes" : {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: USER_CLASSES_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "base-dn" : {
-            schema: LDAP_DOMAIN_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "bind-dn" : {
-            schema: LDAP_DOMAIN_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        }
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, Clone)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// LDAP configuration properties.
-pub struct LdapRealmConfig {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub realm: String,
-    /// LDAP server address
-    pub server1: String,
-    /// Fallback LDAP server address
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub server2: Option<String>,
-    /// Port
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub port: Option<u16>,
-    /// Base domain name. Users are searched under this domain using a `subtree search`.
-    pub base_dn: String,
-    /// Username attribute. Used to map a ``userid`` to LDAP to an LDAP ``dn``.
-    pub user_attr: String,
-    /// Comment
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    /// Connection security
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub mode: Option<LdapMode>,
-    /// Verify server certificate
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub verify: Option<bool>,
-    /// CA certificate to use for the server. The path can point to
-    /// either a file, or a directory. If it points to a file,
-    /// the PEM-formatted X.509 certificate stored at the path
-    /// will be added as a trusted certificate.
-    /// If the path points to a directory,
-    /// the directory replaces the system's default certificate
-    /// store at `/etc/ssl/certs` - Every file in the directory
-    /// will be loaded as a trusted certificate.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub capath: Option<String>,
-    /// Bind domain to use for looking up users
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bind_dn: Option<String>,
-    /// Custom LDAP search filter for user sync
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub filter: Option<String>,
-    /// Default options for LDAP sync
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub sync_defaults_options: Option<String>,
-    /// List of attributes to sync from LDAP to user config
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub sync_attributes: Option<String>,
-    /// User ``objectClass`` classes to sync
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub user_classes: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "remove-vanished": {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: REMOVE_VANISHED_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, Default, Debug)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Default options for LDAP synchronization runs
-pub struct SyncDefaultsOptions {
-    /// How to handle vanished properties/users
-    pub remove_vanished: Option<String>,
-    /// Enable new users after sync
-    pub enable_new: Option<bool>,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Debug, PartialEq, Eq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// remove-vanished options
-pub enum RemoveVanished {
-    /// Delete ACLs for vanished users
-    Acl,
-    /// Remove vanished users
-    Entry,
-    /// Remove vanished properties from users (e.g. email)
-    Properties,
-}
-
-pub const LDAP_DOMAIN_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("LDAP Domain").schema();
-
-pub const SYNC_DEFAULTS_STRING_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("sync defaults options")
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(
-        &SyncDefaultsOptions::API_SCHEMA,
-    ))
-    .schema();
-
-const REMOVE_VANISHED_DESCRIPTION: &str =
-    "A semicolon-seperated list of things to remove when they or the user \
-vanishes during user synchronization. The following values are possible: ``entry`` removes the \
-user when not returned from the sync; ``properties`` removes any  \
-properties on existing user that do not appear in the source. \
-``acl`` removes ACLs when the user is not returned from the sync.";
-
-pub const REMOVE_VANISHED_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(REMOVE_VANISHED_DESCRIPTION)
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(&REMOVE_VANISHED_ARRAY))
-    .schema();
-
-pub const REMOVE_VANISHED_ARRAY: Schema = ArraySchema::new(
-    "Array of remove-vanished options",
-    &RemoveVanished::API_SCHEMA,
-)
-.min_length(1)
-.schema();
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, Default, Debug)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Determine which LDAP attributes should be synced to which user attributes
-pub struct SyncAttributes {
-    /// Name of the LDAP attribute containing the user's email address
-    pub email: Option<String>,
-    /// Name of the LDAP attribute containing the user's first name
-    pub firstname: Option<String>,
-    /// Name of the LDAP attribute containing the user's last name
-    pub lastname: Option<String>,
-}
-
-const SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_TEXT: &str = "Comma-separated list of key=value pairs for specifying \
-which LDAP attributes map to which PBS user field. For example, \
-to map the LDAP attribute ``mail`` to PBS's ``email``, write \
-``email=mail``.";
-
-pub const SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_TEXT)
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(
-        &SyncAttributes::API_SCHEMA,
-    ))
-    .schema();
-
-pub const USER_CLASSES_ARRAY: Schema = ArraySchema::new(
-    "Array of user classes",
-    &StringSchema::new("user class").schema(),
-)
-.min_length(1)
-.schema();
-
-const USER_CLASSES_TEXT: &str = "Comma-separated list of allowed objectClass values for \
-user synchronization. For instance, if ``user-classes`` is set to ``person,user``, \
-then user synchronization will consider all LDAP entities \
-where ``objectClass: person`` `or` ``objectClass: user``.";
-
-pub const USER_CLASSES_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(USER_CLASSES_TEXT)
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(&USER_CLASSES_ARRAY))
-    .default("inetorgperson,posixaccount,person,user")
-    .schema();

pbs-api-types/src/lib.rs

@@ -1,417 +0,0 @@
-//! Basic API types used by most of the PBS code.
-
-use const_format::concatcp;
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-pub mod percent_encoding;
-
-use proxmox_schema::{
-    api, const_regex, ApiStringFormat, ApiType, ArraySchema, ReturnType, Schema, StringSchema,
-};
-use proxmox_time::parse_daily_duration;
-
-use proxmox_auth_api::types::{APITOKEN_ID_REGEX_STR, USER_ID_REGEX_STR};
-
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::SAFE_ID_FORMAT as PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::SAFE_ID_REGEX as PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR as PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{
-    BLOCKDEVICE_DISK_AND_PARTITION_NAME_REGEX, BLOCKDEVICE_NAME_REGEX,
-};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{DNS_ALIAS_REGEX, DNS_NAME_OR_IP_REGEX, DNS_NAME_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{FINGERPRINT_SHA256_REGEX, SHA256_HEX_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{
-    GENERIC_URI_REGEX, HOSTNAME_REGEX, HOST_PORT_REGEX, HTTP_URL_REGEX,
-};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{MULTI_LINE_COMMENT_REGEX, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{PASSWORD_REGEX, SYSTEMD_DATETIME_REGEX, UUID_REGEX};
-
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{CIDR_FORMAT, CIDR_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{CIDR_V4_FORMAT, CIDR_V4_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{CIDR_V6_FORMAT, CIDR_V6_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{IPRE_STR, IP_FORMAT, IP_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{IPV4RE_STR, IP_V4_FORMAT, IP_V4_REGEX};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{IPV6RE_STR, IP_V6_FORMAT, IP_V6_REGEX};
-
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::COMMENT_SCHEMA as SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::HOSTNAME_SCHEMA;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::HOST_PORT_SCHEMA;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::HTTP_URL_SCHEMA;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::MULTI_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::NODE_SCHEMA;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT;
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{
-    BLOCKDEVICE_DISK_AND_PARTITION_NAME_SCHEMA, BLOCKDEVICE_NAME_SCHEMA,
-};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{CERT_FINGERPRINT_SHA256_SCHEMA, FINGERPRINT_SHA256_FORMAT};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{DISK_ARRAY_SCHEMA, DISK_LIST_SCHEMA};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{DNS_ALIAS_FORMAT, DNS_NAME_FORMAT, DNS_NAME_OR_IP_SCHEMA};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{PASSWORD_FORMAT, PASSWORD_SCHEMA};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{SERVICE_ID_SCHEMA, UUID_FORMAT};
-pub use proxmox_schema::api_types::{SYSTEMD_DATETIME_FORMAT, TIME_ZONE_SCHEMA};
-
-use proxmox_schema::api_types::{DNS_NAME_STR, IPRE_BRACKET_STR};
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-pub const BACKUP_ID_RE: &str = r"[A-Za-z0-9_][A-Za-z0-9._\-]*";
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-pub const BACKUP_TYPE_RE: &str = r"(?:host|vm|ct)";
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-pub const BACKUP_TIME_RE: &str = r"[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}T[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}:[0-9]{2}Z";
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-pub const BACKUP_NS_RE: &str =
-    concatcp!("(?:",
-        "(?:", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r"/){0,7}", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR,
-    ")?");
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-pub const BACKUP_NS_PATH_RE: &str =
-    concatcp!(r"(?:ns/", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r"/){0,7}ns/", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r"/");
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-pub const SNAPSHOT_PATH_REGEX_STR: &str =
-    concatcp!(
-        r"(", BACKUP_TYPE_RE, ")/(", BACKUP_ID_RE, ")/(", BACKUP_TIME_RE, r")",
-    );
-
-#[rustfmt::skip]
-pub const GROUP_OR_SNAPSHOT_PATH_REGEX_STR: &str =
-    concatcp!(
-        r"(", BACKUP_TYPE_RE, ")/(", BACKUP_ID_RE, ")(?:/(", BACKUP_TIME_RE, r"))?",
-    );
-
-mod acl;
-pub use acl::*;
-
-mod datastore;
-pub use datastore::*;
-
-mod jobs;
-pub use jobs::*;
-
-mod key_derivation;
-pub use key_derivation::{Kdf, KeyInfo};
-
-mod maintenance;
-pub use maintenance::*;
-
-mod network;
-pub use network::*;
-
-mod node;
-pub use node::*;
-
-pub use proxmox_auth_api::types as userid;
-pub use proxmox_auth_api::types::{Authid, Userid};
-pub use proxmox_auth_api::types::{Realm, RealmRef};
-pub use proxmox_auth_api::types::{Tokenname, TokennameRef};
-pub use proxmox_auth_api::types::{Username, UsernameRef};
-pub use proxmox_auth_api::types::{
-    PROXMOX_GROUP_ID_SCHEMA, PROXMOX_TOKEN_ID_SCHEMA, PROXMOX_TOKEN_NAME_SCHEMA,
-};
-
-#[macro_use]
-mod user;
-pub use user::*;
-
-pub use proxmox_schema::upid::*;
-
-mod crypto;
-pub use crypto::{bytes_as_fingerprint, CryptMode, Fingerprint};
-
-pub mod file_restore;
-
-mod openid;
-pub use openid::*;
-
-mod ldap;
-pub use ldap::*;
-
-mod ad;
-pub use ad::*;
-
-mod remote;
-pub use remote::*;
-
-mod tape;
-pub use tape::*;
-
-mod traffic_control;
-pub use traffic_control::*;
-
-mod zfs;
-pub use zfs::*;
-
-mod metrics;
-pub use metrics::*;
-
-const_regex! {
-    // just a rough check - dummy acceptor is used before persisting
-    pub OPENSSL_CIPHERS_REGEX = r"^[0-9A-Za-z_:, +!\-@=.]+$";
-
-    pub BACKUP_REPO_URL_REGEX = concatcp!(
-        r"^^(?:(?:(",
-        USER_ID_REGEX_STR, "|", APITOKEN_ID_REGEX_STR,
-        ")@)?(",
-        DNS_NAME_STR, "|",  IPRE_BRACKET_STR,
-        "):)?(?:([0-9]{1,5}):)?(", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r")$"
-    );
-
-     pub SUBSCRIPTION_KEY_REGEX = concat!(r"^pbs(?:[cbsp])-[0-9a-f]{10}$");
-}
-
-pub const PVE_CONFIG_DIGEST_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat = ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&SHA256_HEX_REGEX);
-
-pub const SUBSCRIPTION_KEY_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&SUBSCRIPTION_KEY_REGEX);
-
-pub const OPENSSL_CIPHERS_TLS_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&OPENSSL_CIPHERS_REGEX);
-
-pub const DAILY_DURATION_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(|s| parse_daily_duration(s).map(drop));
-
-pub const SEARCH_DOMAIN_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Search domain for host-name lookup.").schema();
-
-pub const FIRST_DNS_SERVER_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("First name server IP address.")
-    .format(&IP_FORMAT)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const SECOND_DNS_SERVER_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Second name server IP address.")
-    .format(&IP_FORMAT)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const THIRD_DNS_SERVER_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Third name server IP address.")
-    .format(&IP_FORMAT)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const OPENSSL_CIPHERS_TLS_1_2_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("OpenSSL cipher list used by the proxy for TLS <= 1.2")
-        .format(&OPENSSL_CIPHERS_TLS_FORMAT)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const OPENSSL_CIPHERS_TLS_1_3_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("OpenSSL ciphersuites list used by the proxy for TLS 1.3")
-        .format(&OPENSSL_CIPHERS_TLS_FORMAT)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const PBS_PASSWORD_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("User Password.")
-    .format(&PASSWORD_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(5)
-    .max_length(64)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const REALM_ID_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Realm name.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(2)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const SUBSCRIPTION_KEY_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Proxmox Backup Server subscription key.")
-        .format(&SUBSCRIPTION_KEY_FORMAT)
-        .min_length(15)
-        .max_length(16)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const PROXMOX_CONFIG_DIGEST_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-    "Prevent changes if current configuration file has different \
-    SHA256 digest. This can be used to prevent concurrent \
-    modifications.",
-)
-.format(&PVE_CONFIG_DIGEST_FORMAT)
-.schema();
-
-/// API schema format definition for repository URLs
-pub const BACKUP_REPO_URL: ApiStringFormat = ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&BACKUP_REPO_URL_REGEX);
-
-// Complex type definitions
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Default, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-/// Storage space usage information.
-pub struct StorageStatus {
-    /// Total space (bytes).
-    pub total: u64,
-    /// Used space (bytes).
-    pub used: u64,
-    /// Available space (bytes).
-    pub avail: u64,
-}
-
-pub const PASSWORD_HINT_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Password hint.")
-    .format(&SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(1)
-    .max_length(64)
-    .schema();
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Clone, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "PascalCase")]
-/// Describes a package for which an update is available.
-pub struct APTUpdateInfo {
-    /// Package name
-    pub package: String,
-    /// Package title
-    pub title: String,
-    /// Package architecture
-    pub arch: String,
-    /// Human readable package description
-    pub description: String,
-    /// New version to be updated to
-    pub version: String,
-    /// Old version currently installed
-    pub old_version: String,
-    /// Package origin
-    pub origin: String,
-    /// Package priority in human-readable form
-    pub priority: String,
-    /// Package section
-    pub section: String,
-    /// Custom extra field for additional package information
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub extra_info: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// Node Power command type.
-pub enum NodePowerCommand {
-    /// Restart the server
-    Reboot,
-    /// Shutdown the server
-    Shutdown,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Eq, PartialEq, Debug, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-pub enum TaskStateType {
-    /// Ok
-    OK,
-    /// Warning
-    Warning,
-    /// Error
-    Error,
-    /// Unknown
-    Unknown,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        upid: { schema: UPID::API_SCHEMA },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-/// Task properties.
-pub struct TaskListItem {
-    pub upid: String,
-    /// The node name where the task is running on.
-    pub node: String,
-    /// The Unix PID
-    pub pid: i64,
-    /// The task start time (Epoch)
-    pub pstart: u64,
-    /// The task start time (Epoch)
-    pub starttime: i64,
-    /// Worker type (arbitrary ASCII string)
-    pub worker_type: String,
-    /// Worker ID (arbitrary ASCII string)
-    pub worker_id: Option<String>,
-    /// The authenticated entity who started the task
-    pub user: String,
-    /// The task end time (Epoch)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub endtime: Option<i64>,
-    /// Task end status
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub status: Option<String>,
-}
-
-pub const NODE_TASKS_LIST_TASKS_RETURN_TYPE: ReturnType = ReturnType {
-    optional: false,
-    schema: &ArraySchema::new("A list of tasks.", &TaskListItem::API_SCHEMA).schema(),
-};
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Copy, Clone, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "UPPERCASE")]
-/// RRD consolidation mode
-pub enum RRDMode {
-    /// Maximum
-    Max,
-    /// Average
-    Average,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Copy, Clone, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// RRD time frame
-pub enum RRDTimeFrame {
-    /// Hour
-    Hour,
-    /// Day
-    Day,
-    /// Week
-    Week,
-    /// Month
-    Month,
-    /// Year
-    Year,
-    /// Decade (10 years)
-    Decade,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Deserialize, Serialize, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// type of the realm
-pub enum RealmType {
-    /// The PAM realm
-    Pam,
-    /// The PBS realm
-    Pbs,
-    /// An OpenID Connect realm
-    OpenId,
-    /// An LDAP realm
-    Ldap,
-    /// An Active Directory (AD) realm
-    Ad,
-}
-
-serde_plain::derive_display_from_serialize!(RealmType);
-serde_plain::derive_fromstr_from_deserialize!(RealmType);
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        realm: {
-            schema: REALM_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "type": {
-            type: RealmType,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Deserialize, Serialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Basic Information about a realm
-pub struct BasicRealmInfo {
-    pub realm: String,
-    #[serde(rename = "type")]
-    pub ty: RealmType,
-    /// True if it is the default realm
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub default: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/maintenance.rs

@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-use anyhow::{bail, Error};
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-use std::borrow::Cow;
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, const_regex, ApiStringFormat, Schema, StringSchema};
-
-const_regex! {
-    pub MAINTENANCE_MESSAGE_REGEX = r"^[[:^cntrl:]]*$";
-}
-
-pub const MAINTENANCE_MESSAGE_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&MAINTENANCE_MESSAGE_REGEX);
-
-pub const MAINTENANCE_MESSAGE_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Message describing the reason for the maintenance.")
-        .format(&MAINTENANCE_MESSAGE_FORMAT)
-        .max_length(64)
-        .schema();
-
-#[derive(Clone, Copy, Debug, Eq, PartialEq)]
-/// Operation requirements, used when checking for maintenance mode.
-pub enum Operation {
-    /// for any read operation like backup restore or RRD metric collection
-    Read,
-    /// for any write/delete operation, like backup create or GC
-    Write,
-    /// for any purely logical operation on the in-memory state of the datastore, e.g., to check if
-    /// some mutex could be locked (e.g., GC already running?)
-    ///
-    /// NOTE: one must *not* do any IO operations when only helding this Op state
-    Lookup,
-    // GarbageCollect or Delete?
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Copy, Clone, Deserialize, Serialize, PartialEq, Eq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Maintenance type.
-pub enum MaintenanceType {
-    // TODO:
-    //  - Add "unmounting" once we got pluggable datastores
-    //  - Add "GarbageCollection" or "DeleteOnly" as type and track GC (or all deletes) as separate
-    //    operation, so that one can enable a mode where nothing new can be added but stuff can be
-    //    cleaned
-    /// Only read operations are allowed on the datastore.
-    ReadOnly,
-    /// Neither read nor write operations are allowed on the datastore.
-    Offline,
-    /// The datastore is being deleted.
-    Delete,
-}
-serde_plain::derive_display_from_serialize!(MaintenanceType);
-serde_plain::derive_fromstr_from_deserialize!(MaintenanceType);
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        type: {
-            type: MaintenanceType,
-        },
-        message: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: MAINTENANCE_MESSAGE_SCHEMA,
-        }
-    },
-    default_key: "type",
-)]
-#[derive(Deserialize, Serialize)]
-/// Maintenance mode
-pub struct MaintenanceMode {
-    /// Type of maintenance ("read-only" or "offline").
-    #[serde(rename = "type")]
-    pub ty: MaintenanceType,
-
-    /// Reason for maintenance.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub message: Option<String>,
-}
-
-impl MaintenanceMode {
-    /// Used for deciding whether the datastore is cleared from the internal cache after the last
-    /// task finishes, so all open files are closed.
-    pub fn is_offline(&self) -> bool {
-        self.ty == MaintenanceType::Offline
-    }
-
-    pub fn check(&self, operation: Option<Operation>) -> Result<(), Error> {
-        if self.ty == MaintenanceType::Delete {
-            bail!("datastore is being deleted");
-        }
-
-        let message = percent_encoding::percent_decode_str(self.message.as_deref().unwrap_or(""))
-            .decode_utf8()
-            .unwrap_or(Cow::Borrowed(""));
-
-        if let Some(Operation::Lookup) = operation {
-            return Ok(());
-        } else if self.ty == MaintenanceType::Offline {
-            bail!("offline maintenance mode: {}", message);
-        } else if self.ty == MaintenanceType::ReadOnly {
-            if let Some(Operation::Write) = operation {
-                bail!("read-only maintenance mode: {}", message);
-            }
-        }
-        Ok(())
-    }
-}

pbs-api-types/src/metrics.rs

@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use crate::{
-    HOST_PORT_SCHEMA, HTTP_URL_SCHEMA, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-};
-use proxmox_schema::{api, Schema, StringSchema, Updater};
-
-pub const METRIC_SERVER_ID_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Metrics Server ID.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const INFLUXDB_BUCKET_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("InfluxDB Bucket.")
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .default("proxmox")
-    .schema();
-
-pub const INFLUXDB_ORGANIZATION_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("InfluxDB Organization.")
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .default("proxmox")
-    .schema();
-
-fn return_true() -> bool {
-    true
-}
-
-fn is_true(b: &bool) -> bool {
-    *b
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: METRIC_SERVER_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        enable: {
-            type: bool,
-            optional: true,
-            default: true,
-        },
-        host: {
-            schema: HOST_PORT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        mtu: {
-            type: u16,
-            optional: true,
-            default: 1500,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// InfluxDB Server (UDP)
-pub struct InfluxDbUdp {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub name: String,
-    #[serde(default = "return_true", skip_serializing_if = "is_true")]
-    #[updater(serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none"))]
-    /// Enables or disables the metrics server
-    pub enable: bool,
-    /// the host + port
-    pub host: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// The MTU
-    pub mtu: Option<u16>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: METRIC_SERVER_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        enable: {
-            type: bool,
-            optional: true,
-            default: true,
-        },
-        url: {
-            schema: HTTP_URL_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        token: {
-            type: String,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        bucket: {
-            schema: INFLUXDB_BUCKET_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        organization: {
-            schema: INFLUXDB_ORGANIZATION_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "max-body-size": {
-            type: usize,
-            optional: true,
-            default: 25_000_000,
-        },
-        "verify-tls": {
-            type: bool,
-            optional: true,
-            default: true,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// InfluxDB Server (HTTP(s))
-pub struct InfluxDbHttp {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub name: String,
-    #[serde(default = "return_true", skip_serializing_if = "is_true")]
-    #[updater(serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none"))]
-    /// Enables or disables the metrics server
-    pub enable: bool,
-    /// The base url of the influxdb server
-    pub url: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// The (optional) API token
-    pub token: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// Named location where time series data is stored
-    pub bucket: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// Workspace for a group of users
-    pub organization: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// The (optional) maximum body size
-    pub max_body_size: Option<usize>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// If true, the certificate will be validated.
-    pub verify_tls: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Copy, Clone, Deserialize, Serialize, PartialEq, Eq, PartialOrd, Ord)]
-/// Type of the metric server
-pub enum MetricServerType {
-    /// InfluxDB HTTP
-    #[serde(rename = "influxdb-http")]
-    InfluxDbHttp,
-    /// InfluxDB UDP
-    #[serde(rename = "influxdb-udp")]
-    InfluxDbUdp,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: METRIC_SERVER_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "type": {
-            type: MetricServerType,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Clone, Serialize, Deserialize, PartialEq, Eq, PartialOrd, Ord)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Basic information about a metric server that's available for all types
-pub struct MetricServerInfo {
-    pub name: String,
-    #[serde(rename = "type")]
-    pub ty: MetricServerType,
-    /// Enables or disables the metrics server
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub enable: Option<bool>,
-    /// The target server
-    pub server: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/network.rs

@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-use std::fmt;
-
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::*;
-
-use crate::{
-    CIDR_FORMAT, CIDR_V4_FORMAT, CIDR_V6_FORMAT, IP_FORMAT, IP_V4_FORMAT, IP_V6_FORMAT,
-    PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX,
-};
-
-pub const NETWORK_INTERFACE_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX);
-
-pub const IP_V4_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("IPv4 address.")
-    .format(&IP_V4_FORMAT)
-    .max_length(15)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const IP_V6_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("IPv6 address.")
-    .format(&IP_V6_FORMAT)
-    .max_length(39)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const IP_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("IP (IPv4 or IPv6) address.")
-    .format(&IP_FORMAT)
-    .max_length(39)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const CIDR_V4_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("IPv4 address with netmask (CIDR notation).")
-    .format(&CIDR_V4_FORMAT)
-    .max_length(18)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const CIDR_V6_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("IPv6 address with netmask (CIDR notation).")
-    .format(&CIDR_V6_FORMAT)
-    .max_length(43)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const CIDR_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) with netmask (CIDR notation).")
-        .format(&CIDR_FORMAT)
-        .max_length(43)
-        .schema();
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// Interface configuration method
-pub enum NetworkConfigMethod {
-    /// Configuration is done manually using other tools
-    Manual,
-    /// Define interfaces with statically allocated addresses.
-    Static,
-    /// Obtain an address via DHCP
-    DHCP,
-    /// Define the loopback interface.
-    Loopback,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-#[repr(u8)]
-/// Linux Bond Mode
-pub enum LinuxBondMode {
-    /// Round-robin policy
-    BalanceRr = 0,
-    /// Active-backup policy
-    ActiveBackup = 1,
-    /// XOR policy
-    BalanceXor = 2,
-    /// Broadcast policy
-    Broadcast = 3,
-    /// IEEE 802.3ad Dynamic link aggregation
-    #[serde(rename = "802.3ad")]
-    Ieee802_3ad = 4,
-    /// Adaptive transmit load balancing
-    BalanceTlb = 5,
-    /// Adaptive load balancing
-    BalanceAlb = 6,
-}
-
-impl fmt::Display for LinuxBondMode {
-    fn fmt(&self, f: &mut fmt::Formatter) -> fmt::Result {
-        f.write_str(match self {
-            LinuxBondMode::BalanceRr => "balance-rr",
-            LinuxBondMode::ActiveBackup => "active-backup",
-            LinuxBondMode::BalanceXor => "balance-xor",
-            LinuxBondMode::Broadcast => "broadcast",
-            LinuxBondMode::Ieee802_3ad => "802.3ad",
-            LinuxBondMode::BalanceTlb => "balance-tlb",
-            LinuxBondMode::BalanceAlb => "balance-alb",
-        })
-    }
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-#[repr(u8)]
-/// Bond Transmit Hash Policy for LACP (802.3ad)
-pub enum BondXmitHashPolicy {
-    /// Layer 2
-    Layer2 = 0,
-    /// Layer 2+3
-    #[serde(rename = "layer2+3")]
-    Layer2_3 = 1,
-    /// Layer 3+4
-    #[serde(rename = "layer3+4")]
-    Layer3_4 = 2,
-}
-
-impl fmt::Display for BondXmitHashPolicy {
-    fn fmt(&self, f: &mut fmt::Formatter) -> fmt::Result {
-        f.write_str(match self {
-            BondXmitHashPolicy::Layer2 => "layer2",
-            BondXmitHashPolicy::Layer2_3 => "layer2+3",
-            BondXmitHashPolicy::Layer3_4 => "layer3+4",
-        })
-    }
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// Network interface type
-pub enum NetworkInterfaceType {
-    /// Loopback
-    Loopback,
-    /// Physical Ethernet device
-    Eth,
-    /// Linux Bridge
-    Bridge,
-    /// Linux Bond
-    Bond,
-    /// Linux VLAN (eth.10)
-    Vlan,
-    /// Interface Alias (eth:1)
-    Alias,
-    /// Unknown interface type
-    Unknown,
-}
-
-pub const NETWORK_INTERFACE_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Network interface name.")
-    .format(&NETWORK_INTERFACE_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(1)
-    .max_length(15) // libc::IFNAMSIZ-1
-    .schema();
-
-pub const NETWORK_INTERFACE_ARRAY_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    ArraySchema::new("Network interface list.", &NETWORK_INTERFACE_NAME_SCHEMA).schema();
-
-pub const NETWORK_INTERFACE_LIST_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("A list of network devices, comma separated.")
-        .format(&ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(
-            &NETWORK_INTERFACE_ARRAY_SCHEMA,
-        ))
-        .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: NETWORK_INTERFACE_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "type": {
-            type: NetworkInterfaceType,
-        },
-        method: {
-            type: NetworkConfigMethod,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        method6: {
-            type: NetworkConfigMethod,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        cidr: {
-            schema: CIDR_V4_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        cidr6: {
-            schema: CIDR_V6_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        gateway: {
-            schema: IP_V4_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        gateway6: {
-            schema: IP_V6_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        options: {
-            description: "Option list (inet)",
-            type: Array,
-            items: {
-                description: "Optional attribute line.",
-                type: String,
-            },
-        },
-        options6: {
-            description: "Option list (inet6)",
-            type: Array,
-            items: {
-                description: "Optional attribute line.",
-                type: String,
-            },
-        },
-        comments: {
-            description: "Comments (inet, may span multiple lines)",
-            type: String,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        comments6: {
-            description: "Comments (inet6, may span multiple lines)",
-            type: String,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        bridge_ports: {
-            schema: NETWORK_INTERFACE_ARRAY_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        slaves: {
-            schema: NETWORK_INTERFACE_ARRAY_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "vlan-id": {
-            description: "VLAN ID.",
-            type: u16,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "vlan-raw-device": {
-            schema: NETWORK_INTERFACE_NAME_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        bond_mode: {
-            type: LinuxBondMode,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "bond-primary": {
-            schema: NETWORK_INTERFACE_NAME_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        bond_xmit_hash_policy: {
-            type: BondXmitHashPolicy,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Clone, Debug, Serialize, Deserialize, PartialEq)]
-/// Network Interface configuration
-pub struct Interface {
-    /// Autostart interface
-    #[serde(rename = "autostart")]
-    pub autostart: bool,
-    /// Interface is active (UP)
-    pub active: bool,
-    /// Interface name
-    pub name: String,
-    /// Interface type
-    #[serde(rename = "type")]
-    pub interface_type: NetworkInterfaceType,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub method: Option<NetworkConfigMethod>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub method6: Option<NetworkConfigMethod>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// IPv4 address with netmask
-    pub cidr: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// IPv4 gateway
-    pub gateway: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// IPv6 address with netmask
-    pub cidr6: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// IPv6 gateway
-    pub gateway6: Option<String>,
-
-    #[serde(default, skip_serializing_if = "Vec::is_empty")]
-    pub options: Vec<String>,
-    #[serde(default, skip_serializing_if = "Vec::is_empty")]
-    pub options6: Vec<String>,
-
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comments: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comments6: Option<String>,
-
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// Maximum Transmission Unit
-    pub mtu: Option<u64>,
-
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bridge_ports: Option<Vec<String>>,
-    /// Enable bridge vlan support.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bridge_vlan_aware: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    #[serde(rename = "vlan-id")]
-    pub vlan_id: Option<u16>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    #[serde(rename = "vlan-raw-device")]
-    pub vlan_raw_device: Option<String>,
-
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub slaves: Option<Vec<String>>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bond_mode: Option<LinuxBondMode>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    #[serde(rename = "bond-primary")]
-    pub bond_primary: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bond_xmit_hash_policy: Option<BondXmitHashPolicy>,
-}
-
-impl Interface {
-    pub fn new(name: String) -> Self {
-        Self {
-            name,
-            interface_type: NetworkInterfaceType::Unknown,
-            autostart: false,
-            active: false,
-            method: None,
-            method6: None,
-            cidr: None,
-            gateway: None,
-            cidr6: None,
-            gateway6: None,
-            options: Vec::new(),
-            options6: Vec::new(),
-            comments: None,
-            comments6: None,
-            mtu: None,
-            bridge_ports: None,
-            bridge_vlan_aware: None,
-            vlan_id: None,
-            vlan_raw_device: None,
-            slaves: None,
-            bond_mode: None,
-            bond_primary: None,
-            bond_xmit_hash_policy: None,
-        }
-    }
-}

pbs-api-types/src/node.rs

@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-use std::ffi::OsStr;
-
-use proxmox_schema::*;
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use crate::StorageStatus;
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Node memory usage counters
-pub struct NodeMemoryCounters {
-    /// Total memory
-    pub total: u64,
-    /// Used memory
-    pub used: u64,
-    /// Free memory
-    pub free: u64,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Node swap usage counters
-pub struct NodeSwapCounters {
-    /// Total swap
-    pub total: u64,
-    /// Used swap
-    pub used: u64,
-    /// Free swap
-    pub free: u64,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Contains general node information such as the fingerprint`
-pub struct NodeInformation {
-    /// The SSL Fingerprint
-    pub fingerprint: String,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// The current kernel version (output of `uname`)
-pub struct KernelVersionInformation {
-    /// The systemname/nodename
-    pub sysname: String,
-    /// The kernel release number
-    pub release: String,
-    /// The kernel version
-    pub version: String,
-    /// The machine architecture
-    pub machine: String,
-}
-
-impl KernelVersionInformation {
-    pub fn from_uname_parts(
-        sysname: &OsStr,
-        release: &OsStr,
-        version: &OsStr,
-        machine: &OsStr,
-    ) -> Self {
-        KernelVersionInformation {
-            sysname: sysname.to_str().map(String::from).unwrap_or_default(),
-            release: release.to_str().map(String::from).unwrap_or_default(),
-            version: version.to_str().map(String::from).unwrap_or_default(),
-            machine: machine.to_str().map(String::from).unwrap_or_default(),
-        }
-    }
-
-    pub fn get_legacy(&self) -> String {
-        format!("{} {} {}", self.sysname, self.release, self.version)
-    }
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Copy, Clone)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// The possible BootModes
-pub enum BootMode {
-    /// The BootMode is EFI/UEFI
-    Efi,
-    /// The BootMode is Legacy BIOS
-    LegacyBios,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// Holds the Bootmodes
-pub struct BootModeInformation {
-    /// The BootMode, either Efi or Bios
-    pub mode: BootMode,
-    /// SecureBoot status
-    pub secureboot: bool,
-}
-
-#[api]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Information about the CPU
-pub struct NodeCpuInformation {
-    /// The CPU model
-    pub model: String,
-    /// The number of CPU sockets
-    pub sockets: usize,
-    /// The number of CPU cores (incl. threads)
-    pub cpus: usize,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        memory: {
-            type: NodeMemoryCounters,
-        },
-        root: {
-            type: StorageStatus,
-        },
-        swap: {
-            type: NodeSwapCounters,
-        },
-        loadavg: {
-            type: Array,
-            items: {
-                type: Number,
-                description: "the load",
-            }
-        },
-        cpuinfo: {
-            type: NodeCpuInformation,
-        },
-        info: {
-            type: NodeInformation,
-        }
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// The Node status
-pub struct NodeStatus {
-    pub memory: NodeMemoryCounters,
-    pub root: StorageStatus,
-    pub swap: NodeSwapCounters,
-    /// The current uptime of the server.
-    pub uptime: u64,
-    /// Load for 1, 5 and 15 minutes.
-    pub loadavg: [f64; 3],
-    /// The current kernel version (NEW struct type).
-    pub current_kernel: KernelVersionInformation,
-    /// The current kernel version (LEGACY string type).
-    pub kversion: String,
-    /// Total CPU usage since last query.
-    pub cpu: f64,
-    /// Total IO wait since last query.
-    pub wait: f64,
-    pub cpuinfo: NodeCpuInformation,
-    pub info: NodeInformation,
-    /// Current boot mode
-    pub boot_info: BootModeInformation,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/openid.rs

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, ApiStringFormat, ArraySchema, Schema, StringSchema, Updater};
-
-use super::{
-    GENERIC_URI_REGEX, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX, REALM_ID_SCHEMA,
-    SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-};
-
-pub const OPENID_SCOPE_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat = ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX);
-
-pub const OPENID_SCOPE_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("OpenID Scope Name.")
-    .format(&OPENID_SCOPE_FORMAT)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const OPENID_SCOPE_ARRAY_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    ArraySchema::new("Array of OpenId Scopes.", &OPENID_SCOPE_SCHEMA).schema();
-
-pub const OPENID_SCOPE_LIST_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(&OPENID_SCOPE_ARRAY_SCHEMA);
-
-pub const OPENID_DEFAILT_SCOPE_LIST: &str = "email profile";
-pub const OPENID_SCOPE_LIST_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("OpenID Scope List")
-    .format(&OPENID_SCOPE_LIST_FORMAT)
-    .default(OPENID_DEFAILT_SCOPE_LIST)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const OPENID_ACR_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat = ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&GENERIC_URI_REGEX);
-
-pub const OPENID_ACR_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("OpenID Authentication Context Class Reference.")
-        .format(&OPENID_ACR_FORMAT)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const OPENID_ACR_ARRAY_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    ArraySchema::new("Array of OpenId ACRs.", &OPENID_ACR_SCHEMA).schema();
-
-pub const OPENID_ACR_LIST_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(&OPENID_ACR_ARRAY_SCHEMA);
-
-pub const OPENID_ACR_LIST_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("OpenID ACR List")
-    .format(&OPENID_ACR_LIST_FORMAT)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const OPENID_USERNAME_CLAIM_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-    "Use the value of this attribute/claim as unique user name. It \
-    is up to the identity provider to guarantee the uniqueness. The \
-    OpenID specification only guarantees that Subject ('sub') is \
-    unique. Also make sure that the user is not allowed to change that \
-    attribute by himself!",
-)
-.max_length(64)
-.min_length(1)
-.format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-.schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        realm: {
-            schema: REALM_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "client-key": {
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "scopes": {
-            schema: OPENID_SCOPE_LIST_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "acr-values": {
-            schema: OPENID_ACR_LIST_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        prompt: {
-            description: "OpenID Prompt",
-            type: String,
-            format: &PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        autocreate: {
-            optional: true,
-            default: false,
-        },
-        "username-claim": {
-            schema: OPENID_USERNAME_CLAIM_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// OpenID configuration properties.
-pub struct OpenIdRealmConfig {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub realm: String,
-    /// OpenID Issuer Url
-    pub issuer_url: String,
-    /// OpenID Client ID
-    pub client_id: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub scopes: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub acr_values: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub prompt: Option<String>,
-    /// OpenID Client Key
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub client_key: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    /// Automatically create users if they do not exist.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub autocreate: Option<bool>,
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub username_claim: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/percent_encoding.rs

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-use percent_encoding::{utf8_percent_encode, AsciiSet};
-
-/// This used to be: `SIMPLE_ENCODE_SET` plus space, `"`, `#`, `<`, `>`, backtick, `?`, `{`, `}`
-pub const DEFAULT_ENCODE_SET: &AsciiSet = &percent_encoding::CONTROLS // 0..1f and 7e
-    // The SIMPLE_ENCODE_SET adds space and anything >= 0x7e (7e itself is already included above)
-    .add(0x20)
-    .add(0x7f)
-    // the DEFAULT_ENCODE_SET added:
-    .add(b' ')
-    .add(b'"')
-    .add(b'#')
-    .add(b'<')
-    .add(b'>')
-    .add(b'`')
-    .add(b'?')
-    .add(b'{')
-    .add(b'}');
-
-/// percent encode a url component
-pub fn percent_encode_component(comp: &str) -> String {
-    utf8_percent_encode(comp, percent_encoding::NON_ALPHANUMERIC).to_string()
-}

pbs-api-types/src/remote.rs

@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use super::*;
-use proxmox_schema::*;
-
-pub const REMOTE_PASSWORD_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Password or auth token for remote host.")
-        .format(&PASSWORD_FORMAT)
-        .min_length(1)
-        .max_length(1024)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const REMOTE_PASSWORD_BASE64_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Password or auth token for remote host (stored as base64 string).")
-        .format(&PASSWORD_FORMAT)
-        .min_length(1)
-        .max_length(1024)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Remote ID.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        host: {
-            schema: DNS_NAME_OR_IP_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        port: {
-            optional: true,
-            description: "The (optional) port",
-            type: u16,
-        },
-        "auth-id": {
-            type: Authid,
-        },
-        fingerprint: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: CERT_FINGERPRINT_SHA256_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Remote configuration properties.
-pub struct RemoteConfig {
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    pub host: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub port: Option<u16>,
-    pub auth_id: Authid,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub fingerprint: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        config: {
-            type: RemoteConfig,
-        },
-        password: {
-            schema: REMOTE_PASSWORD_BASE64_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Remote properties.
-pub struct Remote {
-    pub name: String,
-    // Note: The stored password is base64 encoded
-    #[serde(default, skip_serializing_if = "String::is_empty")]
-    #[serde(with = "proxmox_serde::string_as_base64")]
-    pub password: String,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: RemoteConfig,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        config: {
-            type: RemoteConfig,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Remote properties.
-pub struct RemoteWithoutPassword {
-    pub name: String,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: RemoteConfig,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/changer.rs

@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-//! Types for tape changer API
-
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{
-    api, ApiStringFormat, ArraySchema, IntegerSchema, Schema, StringSchema, Updater,
-};
-
-use crate::{OptionalDeviceIdentification, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT};
-
-pub const CHANGER_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Tape Changer Identifier.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const SCSI_CHANGER_PATH_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Path to Linux generic SCSI device (e.g. '/dev/sg4')").schema();
-
-pub const MEDIA_LABEL_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Media Label/Barcode.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(2)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const SLOT_ARRAY_SCHEMA: Schema = ArraySchema::new(
-    "Slot list.",
-    &IntegerSchema::new("Slot number").minimum(1).schema(),
-)
-.schema();
-
-pub const EXPORT_SLOT_LIST_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-    "\
-A list of slot numbers, comma separated. Those slots are reserved for
-Import/Export, i.e. any media in those slots are considered to be
-'offline'.
-",
-)
-.format(&ApiStringFormat::PropertyString(&SLOT_ARRAY_SCHEMA))
-.schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: CHANGER_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        path: {
-            schema: SCSI_CHANGER_PATH_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "export-slots": {
-            schema: EXPORT_SLOT_LIST_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "eject-before-unload": {
-            optional: true,
-            default: false,
-        }
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// SCSI tape changer
-pub struct ScsiTapeChanger {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub name: String,
-    pub path: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub export_slots: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// if set to true, tapes are ejected manually before unloading
-    pub eject_before_unload: Option<bool>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        config: {
-            type: ScsiTapeChanger,
-        },
-        info: {
-            type: OptionalDeviceIdentification,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Changer config with optional device identification attributes
-pub struct ChangerListEntry {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: ScsiTapeChanger,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub info: OptionalDeviceIdentification,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Mtx Entry Kind
-pub enum MtxEntryKind {
-    /// Drive
-    Drive,
-    /// Slot
-    Slot,
-    /// Import/Export Slot
-    ImportExport,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "entry-kind": {
-            type: MtxEntryKind,
-        },
-        "label-text": {
-            schema: MEDIA_LABEL_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Mtx Status Entry
-pub struct MtxStatusEntry {
-    pub entry_kind: MtxEntryKind,
-    /// The ID of the slot or drive
-    pub entry_id: u64,
-    /// The media label (volume tag) if the slot/drive is full
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub label_text: Option<String>,
-    /// The slot the drive was loaded from
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub loaded_slot: Option<u64>,
-    /// The current state of the drive
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub state: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/device.rs

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-use ::serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::api;
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Optional Device Identification Attributes
-pub struct OptionalDeviceIdentification {
-    /// Vendor (autodetected)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub vendor: Option<String>,
-    /// Model (autodetected)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub model: Option<String>,
-    /// Serial number (autodetected)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub serial: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Kind of device
-pub enum DeviceKind {
-    /// Tape changer (Autoloader, Robot)
-    Changer,
-    /// Normal SCSI tape device
-    Tape,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        kind: {
-            type: DeviceKind,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Debug, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-/// Tape device information
-pub struct TapeDeviceInfo {
-    pub kind: DeviceKind,
-    /// Path to the linux device node
-    pub path: String,
-    /// Serial number (autodetected)
-    pub serial: String,
-    /// Vendor (autodetected)
-    pub vendor: String,
-    /// Model (autodetected)
-    pub model: String,
-    /// Device major number
-    pub major: u32,
-    /// Device minor number
-    pub minor: u32,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/drive.rs

@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
-//! Types for tape drive API
-use anyhow::{bail, Error};
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, IntegerSchema, Schema, StringSchema, Updater};
-
-use crate::{OptionalDeviceIdentification, CHANGER_NAME_SCHEMA, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT};
-
-pub const DRIVE_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Drive Identifier.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const LTO_DRIVE_PATH_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("The path to a LTO SCSI-generic tape device (i.e. '/dev/sg0')").schema();
-
-pub const CHANGER_DRIVENUM_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    IntegerSchema::new("Associated changer drive number (requires option changer)")
-        .minimum(0)
-        .maximum(255)
-        .default(0)
-        .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: DRIVE_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        }
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-/// Simulate tape drives (only for test and debug)
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-pub struct VirtualTapeDrive {
-    pub name: String,
-    /// Path to directory
-    pub path: String,
-    /// Virtual tape size
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub max_size: Option<usize>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: DRIVE_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        path: {
-            schema: LTO_DRIVE_PATH_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        changer: {
-            schema: CHANGER_NAME_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "changer-drivenum": {
-            schema: CHANGER_DRIVENUM_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, Clone)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Lto SCSI tape driver
-pub struct LtoTapeDrive {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub name: String,
-    pub path: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub changer: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub changer_drivenum: Option<u64>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        config: {
-            type: LtoTapeDrive,
-        },
-        info: {
-            type: OptionalDeviceIdentification,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Drive list entry
-pub struct DriveListEntry {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: LtoTapeDrive,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub info: OptionalDeviceIdentification,
-    /// the state of the drive if locked
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub state: Option<String>,
-    /// Current device activity
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub activity: Option<DeviceActivity>,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-/// Medium auxiliary memory attributes (MAM)
-pub struct MamAttribute {
-    /// Attribute id
-    pub id: u16,
-    /// Attribute name
-    pub name: String,
-    /// Attribute value
-    pub value: String,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Copy, Clone, Debug, PartialOrd, PartialEq)]
-pub enum TapeDensity {
-    /// Unknown (no media loaded)
-    Unknown,
-    /// LTO1
-    LTO1,
-    /// LTO2
-    LTO2,
-    /// LTO3
-    LTO3,
-    /// LTO4
-    LTO4,
-    /// LTO5
-    LTO5,
-    /// LTO6
-    LTO6,
-    /// LTO7
-    LTO7,
-    /// LTO7M8
-    LTO7M8,
-    /// LTO8
-    LTO8,
-    /// LTO9
-    LTO9,
-}
-
-impl TryFrom<u8> for TapeDensity {
-    type Error = Error;
-
-    fn try_from(value: u8) -> Result<Self, Self::Error> {
-        let density = match value {
-            0x00 => TapeDensity::Unknown,
-            0x40 => TapeDensity::LTO1,
-            0x42 => TapeDensity::LTO2,
-            0x44 => TapeDensity::LTO3,
-            0x46 => TapeDensity::LTO4,
-            0x58 => TapeDensity::LTO5,
-            0x5a => TapeDensity::LTO6,
-            0x5c => TapeDensity::LTO7,
-            0x5d => TapeDensity::LTO7M8,
-            0x5e => TapeDensity::LTO8,
-            0x60 => TapeDensity::LTO9,
-            _ => bail!("unknown tape density code 0x{:02x}", value),
-        };
-        Ok(density)
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        density: {
-            type: TapeDensity,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Drive/Media status for Lto SCSI drives.
-///
-/// Media related data is optional - only set if there is a medium
-/// loaded.
-pub struct LtoDriveAndMediaStatus {
-    /// Vendor
-    pub vendor: String,
-    /// Product
-    pub product: String,
-    /// Revision
-    pub revision: String,
-    /// Block size (0 is variable size)
-    pub blocksize: u32,
-    /// Compression enabled
-    pub compression: bool,
-    /// Drive buffer mode
-    pub buffer_mode: u8,
-    /// Tape density
-    pub density: TapeDensity,
-    /// Media is write protected
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub write_protect: Option<bool>,
-    /// Tape Alert Flags
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub alert_flags: Option<String>,
-    /// Current file number
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub file_number: Option<u64>,
-    /// Current block number
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub block_number: Option<u64>,
-    /// Medium Manufacture Date (epoch)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub manufactured: Option<i64>,
-    /// Total Bytes Read in Medium Life
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bytes_read: Option<u64>,
-    /// Total Bytes Written in Medium Life
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub bytes_written: Option<u64>,
-    /// Number of mounts for the current volume (i.e., Thread Count)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub volume_mounts: Option<u64>,
-    /// Count of the total number of times the medium has passed over
-    /// the head.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub medium_passes: Option<u64>,
-    /// Estimated tape wearout factor (assuming max. 16000 end-to-end passes)
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub medium_wearout: Option<f64>,
-    /// Current device activity
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub drive_activity: Option<DeviceActivity>,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-/// Volume statistics from SCSI log page 17h
-#[derive(Default, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-pub struct Lp17VolumeStatistics {
-    /// Volume mounts (thread count)
-    pub volume_mounts: u64,
-    /// Total data sets written
-    pub volume_datasets_written: u64,
-    /// Write retries
-    pub volume_recovered_write_data_errors: u64,
-    /// Total unrecovered write errors
-    pub volume_unrecovered_write_data_errors: u64,
-    /// Total suspended writes
-    pub volume_write_servo_errors: u64,
-    /// Total fatal suspended writes
-    pub volume_unrecovered_write_servo_errors: u64,
-    /// Total datasets read
-    pub volume_datasets_read: u64,
-    /// Total read retries
-    pub volume_recovered_read_errors: u64,
-    /// Total unrecovered read errors
-    pub volume_unrecovered_read_errors: u64,
-    /// Last mount unrecovered write errors
-    pub last_mount_unrecovered_write_errors: u64,
-    /// Last mount unrecovered read errors
-    pub last_mount_unrecovered_read_errors: u64,
-    /// Last mount bytes written
-    pub last_mount_bytes_written: u64,
-    /// Last mount bytes read
-    pub last_mount_bytes_read: u64,
-    /// Lifetime bytes written
-    pub lifetime_bytes_written: u64,
-    /// Lifetime bytes read
-    pub lifetime_bytes_read: u64,
-    /// Last load write compression ratio
-    pub last_load_write_compression_ratio: u64,
-    /// Last load read compression ratio
-    pub last_load_read_compression_ratio: u64,
-    /// Medium mount time
-    pub medium_mount_time: u64,
-    /// Medium ready time
-    pub medium_ready_time: u64,
-    /// Total native capacity
-    pub total_native_capacity: u64,
-    /// Total used native capacity
-    pub total_used_native_capacity: u64,
-    /// Write protect
-    pub write_protect: bool,
-    /// Volume is WORM
-    pub worm: bool,
-    /// Beginning of medium passes
-    pub beginning_of_medium_passes: u64,
-    /// Middle of medium passes
-    pub middle_of_tape_passes: u64,
-    /// Volume serial number
-    pub serial: String,
-}
-
-/// The DT Device Activity from DT Device Status LP page
-#[api]
-#[derive(Copy, Clone, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-pub enum DeviceActivity {
-    /// No activity
-    NoActivity,
-    /// Cleaning
-    Cleaning,
-    /// Loading
-    Loading,
-    /// Unloading
-    Unloading,
-    /// Other unspecified activity
-    Other,
-    /// Reading
-    Reading,
-    /// Writing
-    Writing,
-    /// Locating
-    Locating,
-    /// Rewinding
-    Rewinding,
-    /// Erasing
-    Erasing,
-    /// Formatting
-    Formatting,
-    /// Calibrating
-    Calibrating,
-    /// Other (DT)
-    OtherDT,
-    /// Updating microcode
-    MicrocodeUpdate,
-    /// Reading encrypted data
-    ReadingEncrypted,
-    /// Writing encrypted data
-    WritingEncrypted,
-}
-
-impl TryFrom<u8> for DeviceActivity {
-    type Error = Error;
-
-    fn try_from(value: u8) -> Result<Self, Self::Error> {
-        Ok(match value {
-            0x00 => DeviceActivity::NoActivity,
-            0x01 => DeviceActivity::Cleaning,
-            0x02 => DeviceActivity::Loading,
-            0x03 => DeviceActivity::Unloading,
-            0x04 => DeviceActivity::Other,
-            0x05 => DeviceActivity::Reading,
-            0x06 => DeviceActivity::Writing,
-            0x07 => DeviceActivity::Locating,
-            0x08 => DeviceActivity::Rewinding,
-            0x09 => DeviceActivity::Erasing,
-            0x0A => DeviceActivity::Formatting,
-            0x0B => DeviceActivity::Calibrating,
-            0x0C => DeviceActivity::OtherDT,
-            0x0D => DeviceActivity::MicrocodeUpdate,
-            0x0E => DeviceActivity::ReadingEncrypted,
-            0x0F => DeviceActivity::WritingEncrypted,
-            other => bail!("invalid DT device activity value: {:x}", other),
-        })
-    }
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/media.rs

@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-use ::serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::*;
-use proxmox_uuid::Uuid;
-
-use crate::{MediaLocation, MediaStatus, UUID_FORMAT};
-
-pub const MEDIA_SET_UUID_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-    "MediaSet Uuid (We use the all-zero Uuid to reseve an empty media for a specific pool).",
-)
-.format(&UUID_FORMAT)
-.schema();
-
-pub const MEDIA_UUID_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Media Uuid.")
-    .format(&UUID_FORMAT)
-    .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "media-set-uuid": {
-            schema: MEDIA_SET_UUID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Media Set list entry
-pub struct MediaSetListEntry {
-    /// Media set name
-    pub media_set_name: String,
-    pub media_set_uuid: Uuid,
-    /// MediaSet creation time stamp
-    pub media_set_ctime: i64,
-    /// Media Pool
-    pub pool: String,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        location: {
-            type: MediaLocation,
-        },
-        status: {
-            type: MediaStatus,
-        },
-        uuid: {
-            schema: MEDIA_UUID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "media-set-uuid": {
-            schema: MEDIA_SET_UUID_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Media list entry
-pub struct MediaListEntry {
-    /// Media label text (or Barcode)
-    pub label_text: String,
-    pub uuid: Uuid,
-    /// Creation time stamp
-    pub ctime: i64,
-    pub location: MediaLocation,
-    pub status: MediaStatus,
-    /// Expired flag
-    pub expired: bool,
-    /// Catalog status OK
-    pub catalog: bool,
-    /// Media set name
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub media_set_name: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub media_set_uuid: Option<Uuid>,
-    /// Media set seq_nr
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub seq_nr: Option<u64>,
-    /// MediaSet creation time stamp
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub media_set_ctime: Option<i64>,
-    /// Media Pool
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub pool: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    /// Bytes currently used
-    pub bytes_used: Option<u64>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        uuid: {
-            schema: MEDIA_UUID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "media-set-uuid": {
-            schema: MEDIA_SET_UUID_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Media label info
-pub struct MediaIdFlat {
-    /// Unique ID
-    pub uuid: Uuid,
-    /// Media label text (or Barcode)
-    pub label_text: String,
-    /// Creation time stamp
-    pub ctime: i64,
-    // All MediaSet properties are optional here
-    /// MediaSet Pool
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub pool: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub media_set_uuid: Option<Uuid>,
-    /// MediaSet media sequence number
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub seq_nr: Option<u64>,
-    /// MediaSet Creation time stamp
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub media_set_ctime: Option<i64>,
-    /// Encryption key fingerprint
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub encryption_key_fingerprint: Option<String>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        uuid: {
-            schema: MEDIA_UUID_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Label with optional Uuid
-pub struct LabelUuidMap {
-    /// Changer label text (or Barcode)
-    pub label_text: String,
-    /// Associated Uuid (if any)
-    pub uuid: Option<Uuid>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        uuid: {
-            schema: MEDIA_UUID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        "media-set-uuid": {
-            schema: MEDIA_SET_UUID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Media content list entry
-pub struct MediaContentEntry {
-    /// Media label text (or Barcode)
-    pub label_text: String,
-    /// Media Uuid
-    pub uuid: Uuid,
-    /// Media set name
-    pub media_set_name: String,
-    /// Media set uuid
-    pub media_set_uuid: Uuid,
-    /// MediaSet Creation time stamp
-    pub media_set_ctime: i64,
-    /// Media set seq_nr
-    pub seq_nr: u64,
-    /// Media Pool
-    pub pool: String,
-    /// Datastore Name
-    pub store: String,
-    /// Backup snapshot
-    pub snapshot: String,
-    /// Snapshot creation time (epoch)
-    pub backup_time: i64,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/media_location.rs

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-use anyhow::{bail, Error};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{ApiStringFormat, Schema, StringSchema};
-
-use crate::{CHANGER_NAME_SCHEMA, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT};
-
-pub const VAULT_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Vault name.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-#[derive(Debug, PartialEq, Eq, Clone)]
-/// Media location
-pub enum MediaLocation {
-    /// Ready for use (inside tape library)
-    Online(String),
-    /// Local available, but need to be mounted (insert into tape
-    /// drive)
-    Offline,
-    /// Media is inside a Vault
-    Vault(String),
-}
-
-proxmox_serde::forward_deserialize_to_from_str!(MediaLocation);
-proxmox_serde::forward_serialize_to_display!(MediaLocation);
-
-impl proxmox_schema::ApiType for MediaLocation {
-    const API_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-        "Media location (e.g. 'offline', 'online-<changer_name>', 'vault-<vault_name>')",
-    )
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(|text| {
-        let location: MediaLocation = text.parse()?;
-        match location {
-            MediaLocation::Online(ref changer) => {
-                CHANGER_NAME_SCHEMA.parse_simple_value(changer)?;
-            }
-            MediaLocation::Vault(ref vault) => {
-                VAULT_NAME_SCHEMA.parse_simple_value(vault)?;
-            }
-            MediaLocation::Offline => { /* OK */ }
-        }
-        Ok(())
-    }))
-    .schema();
-}
-
-impl std::fmt::Display for MediaLocation {
-    fn fmt(&self, f: &mut std::fmt::Formatter<'_>) -> std::fmt::Result {
-        match self {
-            MediaLocation::Offline => {
-                write!(f, "offline")
-            }
-            MediaLocation::Online(changer) => {
-                write!(f, "online-{}", changer)
-            }
-            MediaLocation::Vault(vault) => {
-                write!(f, "vault-{}", vault)
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-impl std::str::FromStr for MediaLocation {
-    type Err = Error;
-
-    fn from_str(s: &str) -> Result<Self, Self::Err> {
-        if s == "offline" {
-            return Ok(MediaLocation::Offline);
-        }
-        if let Some(changer) = s.strip_prefix("online-") {
-            return Ok(MediaLocation::Online(changer.to_string()));
-        }
-        if let Some(vault) = s.strip_prefix("vault-") {
-            return Ok(MediaLocation::Vault(vault.to_string()));
-        }
-
-        bail!("MediaLocation parse error");
-    }
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/media_pool.rs

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-//! Types for tape media pool API
-//!
-//! Note: Both MediaSetPolicy and RetentionPolicy are complex enums,
-//! so we cannot use them directly for the API. Instead, we represent
-//! them as String.
-
-use std::str::FromStr;
-
-use anyhow::Error;
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, ApiStringFormat, Schema, StringSchema, Updater};
-
-use proxmox_time::{CalendarEvent, TimeSpan};
-
-use crate::{
-    PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-    TAPE_ENCRYPTION_KEY_FINGERPRINT_SCHEMA,
-};
-
-pub const MEDIA_POOL_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Media pool name.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(2)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const MEDIA_SET_NAMING_TEMPLATE_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
-    "Media set naming template (may contain strftime() time format specifications).",
-)
-.format(&SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT)
-.min_length(2)
-.max_length(64)
-.schema();
-
-pub const MEDIA_SET_ALLOCATION_POLICY_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat = ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(|s| {
-    MediaSetPolicy::from_str(s)?;
-    Ok(())
-});
-
-pub const MEDIA_SET_ALLOCATION_POLICY_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Media set allocation policy ('continue', 'always', or a calendar event).")
-        .format(&MEDIA_SET_ALLOCATION_POLICY_FORMAT)
-        .schema();
-
-/// Media set allocation policy
-pub enum MediaSetPolicy {
-    /// Try to use the current media set
-    ContinueCurrent,
-    /// Each backup job creates a new media set
-    AlwaysCreate,
-    /// Create a new set when the specified CalendarEvent triggers
-    CreateAt(CalendarEvent),
-}
-
-impl std::str::FromStr for MediaSetPolicy {
-    type Err = Error;
-
-    fn from_str(s: &str) -> Result<Self, Self::Err> {
-        if s == "continue" {
-            return Ok(MediaSetPolicy::ContinueCurrent);
-        }
-        if s == "always" {
-            return Ok(MediaSetPolicy::AlwaysCreate);
-        }
-
-        let event = s.parse()?;
-
-        Ok(MediaSetPolicy::CreateAt(event))
-    }
-}
-
-pub const MEDIA_RETENTION_POLICY_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat = ApiStringFormat::VerifyFn(|s| {
-    RetentionPolicy::from_str(s)?;
-    Ok(())
-});
-
-pub const MEDIA_RETENTION_POLICY_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Media retention policy ('overwrite', 'keep', or time span).")
-        .format(&MEDIA_RETENTION_POLICY_FORMAT)
-        .schema();
-
-/// Media retention Policy
-pub enum RetentionPolicy {
-    /// Always overwrite media
-    OverwriteAlways,
-    /// Protect data for the timespan specified
-    ProtectFor(TimeSpan),
-    /// Never overwrite data
-    KeepForever,
-}
-
-impl std::str::FromStr for RetentionPolicy {
-    type Err = Error;
-
-    fn from_str(s: &str) -> Result<Self, Self::Err> {
-        if s == "overwrite" {
-            return Ok(RetentionPolicy::OverwriteAlways);
-        }
-        if s == "keep" {
-            return Ok(RetentionPolicy::KeepForever);
-        }
-
-        let time_span = s.parse()?;
-
-        Ok(RetentionPolicy::ProtectFor(time_span))
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: MEDIA_POOL_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        allocation: {
-            schema: MEDIA_SET_ALLOCATION_POLICY_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        retention: {
-            schema: MEDIA_RETENTION_POLICY_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        template: {
-            schema: MEDIA_SET_NAMING_TEMPLATE_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        encrypt: {
-            schema: TAPE_ENCRYPTION_KEY_FINGERPRINT_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater)]
-/// Media pool configuration
-pub struct MediaPoolConfig {
-    /// The pool name
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub name: String,
-    /// Media Set allocation policy
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub allocation: Option<String>,
-    /// Media retention policy
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub retention: Option<String>,
-    /// Media set naming template (default "%c")
-    ///
-    /// The template is UTF8 text, and can include strftime time
-    /// format specifications.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub template: Option<String>,
-    /// Encryption key fingerprint
-    ///
-    /// If set, encrypt all data using the specified key.
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub encrypt: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/media_status.rs

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::api;
-
-#[api()]
-/// Media status
-#[derive(Debug, PartialEq, Eq, Copy, Clone, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// Media Status
-pub enum MediaStatus {
-    /// Media is ready to be written
-    Writable,
-    /// Media is full (contains data)
-    Full,
-    /// Media is marked as unknown, needs rescan
-    Unknown,
-    /// Media is marked as damaged
-    Damaged,
-    /// Media is marked as retired
-    Retired,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/tape/mod.rs

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-//! Types for tape backup API
-
-mod device;
-pub use device::*;
-
-mod changer;
-pub use changer::*;
-
-mod drive;
-pub use drive::*;
-
-mod media_pool;
-pub use media_pool::*;
-
-mod media_status;
-pub use media_status::*;
-
-mod media_location;
-
-pub use media_location::*;
-
-mod media;
-pub use media::*;
-
-use const_format::concatcp;
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, const_regex, ApiStringFormat, Schema, StringSchema};
-use proxmox_uuid::Uuid;
-
-use crate::{
-    BackupType, BACKUP_ID_SCHEMA, BACKUP_NS_PATH_RE, FINGERPRINT_SHA256_FORMAT,
-    PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, SNAPSHOT_PATH_REGEX_STR,
-};
-
-const_regex! {
-    pub TAPE_RESTORE_SNAPSHOT_REGEX = concatcp!(r"^", PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_REGEX_STR, r":(?:", BACKUP_NS_PATH_RE,")?", SNAPSHOT_PATH_REGEX_STR, r"$");
-}
-
-pub const TAPE_RESTORE_SNAPSHOT_FORMAT: ApiStringFormat =
-    ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&TAPE_RESTORE_SNAPSHOT_REGEX);
-
-pub const TAPE_ENCRYPTION_KEY_FINGERPRINT_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Tape encryption key fingerprint (sha256).")
-        .format(&FINGERPRINT_SHA256_FORMAT)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const TAPE_RESTORE_SNAPSHOT_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("A snapshot in the format: 'store:[ns/namespace/...]type/id/time")
-        .format(&TAPE_RESTORE_SNAPSHOT_FORMAT)
-        .type_text("store:[ns/namespace/...]type/id/time")
-        .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        pool: {
-            schema: MEDIA_POOL_NAME_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "label-text": {
-            schema: MEDIA_LABEL_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "media": {
-            schema: MEDIA_UUID_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "media-set": {
-            schema: MEDIA_SET_UUID_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "backup-type": {
-            type: BackupType,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "backup-id": {
-            schema: BACKUP_ID_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Content list filter parameters
-pub struct MediaContentListFilter {
-    pub pool: Option<String>,
-    pub label_text: Option<String>,
-    pub media: Option<Uuid>,
-    pub media_set: Option<Uuid>,
-    pub backup_type: Option<BackupType>,
-    pub backup_id: Option<String>,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/traffic_control.rs

@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_human_byte::HumanByte;
-use proxmox_schema::{api, IntegerSchema, Schema, StringSchema, Updater};
-
-use crate::{
-    CIDR_SCHEMA, DAILY_DURATION_FORMAT, PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-};
-
-pub const TRAFFIC_CONTROL_TIMEFRAME_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Timeframe to specify when the rule is active.")
-        .format(&DAILY_DURATION_FORMAT)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const TRAFFIC_CONTROL_ID_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Rule ID.")
-    .format(&PROXMOX_SAFE_ID_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(3)
-    .max_length(32)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const TRAFFIC_CONTROL_RATE_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    IntegerSchema::new("Rate limit (for Token bucket filter) in bytes/second.")
-        .minimum(100_000)
-        .schema();
-
-pub const TRAFFIC_CONTROL_BURST_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    IntegerSchema::new("Size of the token bucket (for Token bucket filter) in bytes.")
-        .minimum(1000)
-        .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        "rate-in": {
-            type: HumanByte,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "burst-in": {
-            type: HumanByte,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "rate-out": {
-            type: HumanByte,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        "burst-out": {
-            type: HumanByte,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Default, Clone, Updater, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-///  Rate Limit Configuration
-pub struct RateLimitConfig {
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub rate_in: Option<HumanByte>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub burst_in: Option<HumanByte>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub rate_out: Option<HumanByte>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub burst_out: Option<HumanByte>,
-}
-
-impl RateLimitConfig {
-    pub fn with_same_inout(rate: Option<HumanByte>, burst: Option<HumanByte>) -> Self {
-        Self {
-            rate_in: rate,
-            burst_in: burst,
-            rate_out: rate,
-            burst_out: burst,
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        name: {
-            schema: TRAFFIC_CONTROL_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        limit: {
-            type: RateLimitConfig,
-        },
-        network: {
-            type: Array,
-            items: {
-                schema: CIDR_SCHEMA,
-            },
-        },
-        timeframe: {
-            type: Array,
-            items: {
-                schema: TRAFFIC_CONTROL_TIMEFRAME_SCHEMA,
-            },
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Clone, Serialize, Deserialize, PartialEq, Updater)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-///  Traffic control rule
-pub struct TrafficControlRule {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub name: String,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    /// Rule applies to Source IPs within this networks
-    pub network: Vec<String>,
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub limit: RateLimitConfig,
-    // fixme: expose this?
-    //    /// Bandwidth is shared across all connections
-    //    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Option::is_none")]
-    //    pub shared: Option<bool>,
-    /// Enable the rule at specific times
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub timeframe: Option<Vec<String>>,
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        config: {
-            type: TrafficControlRule,
-        },
-    },
-)]
-#[derive(Clone, Serialize, Deserialize, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// Traffic control rule config with current rates
-pub struct TrafficControlCurrentRate {
-    #[serde(flatten)]
-    pub config: TrafficControlRule,
-    /// Current ingress rate in bytes/second
-    pub cur_rate_in: u64,
-    /// Current egress rate in bytes/second
-    pub cur_rate_out: u64,
-}

pbs-api-types/src/user.rs

@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::{api, BooleanSchema, IntegerSchema, Schema, StringSchema, Updater};
-
-use super::userid::{Authid, Userid, PROXMOX_TOKEN_ID_SCHEMA};
-use super::{SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT, SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA};
-
-pub const ENABLE_USER_SCHEMA: Schema = BooleanSchema::new(
-    "Enable the account (default). You can set this to '0' to disable the account.",
-)
-.default(true)
-.schema();
-
-pub const EXPIRE_USER_SCHEMA: Schema = IntegerSchema::new(
-    "Account expiration date (seconds since epoch). '0' means no expiration date.",
-)
-.default(0)
-.minimum(0)
-.schema();
-
-pub const FIRST_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("First name.")
-    .format(&SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(2)
-    .max_length(64)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const LAST_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("Last name.")
-    .format(&SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(2)
-    .max_length(64)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const EMAIL_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("E-Mail Address.")
-    .format(&SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_FORMAT)
-    .min_length(2)
-    .max_length(64)
-    .schema();
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        userid: {
-            type: Userid,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        enable: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: ENABLE_USER_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        expire: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: EXPIRE_USER_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        firstname: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: FIRST_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        lastname: {
-            schema: LAST_NAME_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-         },
-        email: {
-            schema: EMAIL_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-        tokens: {
-            type: Array,
-            optional: true,
-            description: "List of user's API tokens.",
-            items: {
-                type: ApiToken
-            },
-        },
-        "totp-locked": {
-            type: bool,
-            optional: true,
-            default: false,
-            description: "True if the user is currently locked out of TOTP factors",
-        },
-        "tfa-locked-until": {
-            optional: true,
-            description: "Contains a timestamp until when a user is locked out of 2nd factors",
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// User properties with added list of ApiTokens
-pub struct UserWithTokens {
-    pub userid: Userid,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub enable: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub expire: Option<i64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub firstname: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub lastname: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub email: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Vec::is_empty", default)]
-    pub tokens: Vec<ApiToken>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "bool_is_false", default)]
-    pub totp_locked: bool,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub tfa_locked_until: Option<i64>,
-}
-
-fn bool_is_false(b: &bool) -> bool {
-    !b
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        tokenid: {
-            schema: PROXMOX_TOKEN_ID_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        enable: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: ENABLE_USER_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        expire: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: EXPIRE_USER_SCHEMA,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Clone, PartialEq)]
-/// ApiToken properties.
-pub struct ApiToken {
-    pub tokenid: Authid,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub enable: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub expire: Option<i64>,
-}
-
-impl ApiToken {
-    pub fn is_active(&self) -> bool {
-        if !self.enable.unwrap_or(true) {
-            return false;
-        }
-        if let Some(expire) = self.expire {
-            let now = proxmox_time::epoch_i64();
-            if expire > 0 && expire <= now {
-                return false;
-            }
-        }
-        true
-    }
-}
-
-#[api(
-    properties: {
-        userid: {
-            type: Userid,
-        },
-        comment: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        enable: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: ENABLE_USER_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        expire: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: EXPIRE_USER_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        firstname: {
-            optional: true,
-            schema: FIRST_NAME_SCHEMA,
-        },
-        lastname: {
-            schema: LAST_NAME_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-         },
-        email: {
-            schema: EMAIL_SCHEMA,
-            optional: true,
-        },
-    }
-)]
-#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize, Updater, PartialEq, Eq)]
-/// User properties.
-pub struct User {
-    #[updater(skip)]
-    pub userid: Userid,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub comment: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub enable: Option<bool>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub expire: Option<i64>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub firstname: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub lastname: Option<String>,
-    #[serde(skip_serializing_if = "Option::is_none")]
-    pub email: Option<String>,
-}
-
-impl User {
-    pub fn is_active(&self) -> bool {
-        if !self.enable.unwrap_or(true) {
-            return false;
-        }
-        if let Some(expire) = self.expire {
-            let now = proxmox_time::epoch_i64();
-            if expire > 0 && expire <= now {
-                return false;
-            }
-        }
-        true
-    }
-}

pbs-api-types/src/zfs.rs

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-
-use proxmox_schema::*;
-
-const_regex! {
-    pub ZPOOL_NAME_REGEX = r"^[a-zA-Z][a-z0-9A-Z\-_.:]+$";
-}
-
-pub const ZFS_ASHIFT_SCHEMA: Schema = IntegerSchema::new("Pool sector size exponent.")
-    .minimum(9)
-    .maximum(16)
-    .default(12)
-    .schema();
-
-pub const ZPOOL_NAME_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("ZFS Pool Name")
-    .format(&ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&ZPOOL_NAME_REGEX))
-    .schema();
-
-#[api(default: "On")]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// The ZFS compression algorithm to use.
-pub enum ZfsCompressionType {
-    /// Gnu Zip
-    Gzip,
-    /// LZ4
-    Lz4,
-    /// LZJB
-    Lzjb,
-    /// ZLE
-    Zle,
-    /// ZStd
-    ZStd,
-    /// Enable compression using the default algorithm.
-    On,
-    /// Disable compression.
-    Off,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Copy, Clone, PartialEq, Eq, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "lowercase")]
-/// The ZFS RAID level to use.
-pub enum ZfsRaidLevel {
-    /// Single Disk
-    Single,
-    /// Mirror
-    Mirror,
-    /// Raid10
-    Raid10,
-    /// RaidZ
-    RaidZ,
-    /// RaidZ2
-    RaidZ2,
-    /// RaidZ3
-    RaidZ3,
-}
-
-#[api()]
-#[derive(Debug, Serialize, Deserialize)]
-#[serde(rename_all = "kebab-case")]
-/// zpool list item
-pub struct ZpoolListItem {
-    /// zpool name
-    pub name: String,
-    /// Health
-    pub health: String,
-    /// Total size
-    pub size: u64,
-    /// Used size
-    pub alloc: u64,
-    /// Free space
-    pub free: u64,
-    /// ZFS fragnentation level
-    pub frag: u64,
-    /// ZFS deduplication ratio
-    pub dedup: f64,
-}

pbs-api-types/tests/group_filter_tests.rs

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-use pbs_api_types::{BackupGroup, BackupType, GroupFilter};
-use std::str::FromStr;
-
-#[test]
-fn test_no_filters() {
-    let group_filters = vec![];
-
-    let do_backup = [
-        "vm/101", "vm/102", "vm/103", "vm/104", "vm/105", "vm/106", "vm/107", "vm/108", "vm/109",
-    ];
-
-    for id in do_backup {
-        assert!(BackupGroup::new(BackupType::Vm, id).apply_filters(&group_filters));
-    }
-}
-
-#[test]
-fn test_include_filters() {
-    let group_filters = vec![GroupFilter::from_str("regex:.*10[2-8]").unwrap()];
-
-    let do_backup = [
-        "vm/102", "vm/103", "vm/104", "vm/105", "vm/106", "vm/107", "vm/108",
-    ];
-
-    let dont_backup = ["vm/101", "vm/109"];
-
-    for id in do_backup {
-        assert!(BackupGroup::new(BackupType::Vm, id).apply_filters(&group_filters));
-    }
-
-    for id in dont_backup {
-        assert!(!BackupGroup::new(BackupType::Vm, id).apply_filters(&group_filters));
-    }
-}
-
-#[test]
-fn test_exclude_filters() {
-    let group_filters = [
-        GroupFilter::from_str("exclude:regex:.*10[1-3]").unwrap(),
-        GroupFilter::from_str("exclude:regex:.*10[5-7]").unwrap(),
-    ];
-
-    let do_backup = ["vm/104", "vm/108", "vm/109"];
-
-    let dont_backup = ["vm/101", "vm/102", "vm/103", "vm/105", "vm/106", "vm/107"];
-
-    for id in do_backup {
-        assert!(BackupGroup::new(BackupType::Vm, id).apply_filters(&group_filters));
-    }
-    for id in dont_backup {
-        assert!(!BackupGroup::new(BackupType::Vm, id).apply_filters(&group_filters));
-    }
-}
-
-#[test]
-fn test_include_and_exclude_filters() {
-    let group_filters = [
-        GroupFilter::from_str("exclude:regex:.*10[1-3]").unwrap(),
-        GroupFilter::from_str("regex:.*10[2-8]").unwrap(),
-        GroupFilter::from_str("exclude:regex:.*10[5-7]").unwrap(),
-    ];
-
-    let do_backup = ["vm/104", "vm/108"];
-
-    let dont_backup = [
-        "vm/101", "vm/102", "vm/103", "vm/105", "vm/106", "vm/107", "vm/109",
-    ];
-
-    for id in do_backup {
-        assert!(BackupGroup::new(BackupType::Vm, id).apply_filters(&group_filters));
-    }
-
-    for id in dont_backup {
-        assert!(!BackupGroup::new(BackupType::Vm, id).apply_filters(&group_filters));
-    }
-}

pbs-buildcfg/src/lib.rs

@@ -98,6 +98,8 @@ pub const PROXMOX_BACKUP_KERNEL_FN: &str =
 
 pub const PROXMOX_BACKUP_SUBSCRIPTION_FN: &str = configdir!("/subscription");
 
+pub const APT_PKG_STATE_FN: &str = concat!(PROXMOX_BACKUP_STATE_DIR_M!(), "/pkg-state.json");
+
 /// Prepend configuration directory to a file name
 ///
 /// This is a simply way to get the full path for configuration files.

pbs-client/Cargo.toml

@@ -12,11 +12,8 @@ bytes.workspace = true
 futures.workspace = true
 h2.workspace = true
 hex.workspace = true
-http.workspace = true
 hyper.workspace = true
-lazy_static.workspace = true
 libc.workspace = true
-log.workspace = true
 nix.workspace = true
 openssl.workspace = true
 percent-encoding.workspace = true
@@ -30,6 +27,7 @@ tokio = { workspace = true, features = [ "fs", "signal" ] }
 tokio-stream.workspace = true
 tower-service.workspace = true
 xdg.workspace = true
+hickory-resolver.workspace = true
 
 pathpatterns.workspace = true
 
@@ -39,6 +37,7 @@ proxmox-compression.workspace = true
 proxmox-http = { workspace = true, features = [ "rate-limiter" ] }
 proxmox-human-byte.workspace = true
 proxmox-io = { workspace = true, features = [ "tokio" ] }
+proxmox-log = { workspace = true }
 proxmox-router = { workspace = true, features = [ "cli", "server" ] }
 proxmox-schema.workspace = true
 proxmox-sys.workspace = true
@@ -47,6 +46,5 @@ proxmox-time.workspace = true
 pxar.workspace = true
 
 pbs-api-types.workspace = true
-pbs-buildcfg.workspace = true
 pbs-datastore.workspace = true
 pbs-tools.workspace = true

pbs-client/src/backup_reader.rs

@@ -1,19 +1,17 @@
 use anyhow::{format_err, Error};
 use std::fs::File;
 use std::io::{Seek, SeekFrom, Write};
-use std::os::unix::fs::OpenOptionsExt;
 use std::sync::Arc;
 
 use futures::future::AbortHandle;
 use serde_json::{json, Value};
 
-use pbs_api_types::{BackupDir, BackupNamespace};
+use pbs_api_types::{BackupArchiveName, BackupDir, BackupNamespace, MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME};
 use pbs_datastore::data_blob::DataBlob;
 use pbs_datastore::data_blob_reader::DataBlobReader;
 use pbs_datastore::dynamic_index::DynamicIndexReader;
 use pbs_datastore::fixed_index::FixedIndexReader;
 use pbs_datastore::index::IndexFile;
-use pbs_datastore::manifest::MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME;
 use pbs_datastore::{BackupManifest, PROXMOX_BACKUP_READER_PROTOCOL_ID_V1};
 use pbs_tools::crypt_config::CryptConfig;
 use pbs_tools::sha::sha256;
@@ -128,7 +126,8 @@ impl BackupReader {
     /// The manifest signature is verified if we have a crypt_config.
     pub async fn download_manifest(&self) -> Result<(BackupManifest, Vec<u8>), Error> {
         let mut raw_data = Vec::with_capacity(64 * 1024);
-        self.download(MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME, &mut raw_data).await?;
+        self.download(MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME.as_ref(), &mut raw_data)
+            .await?;
         let blob = DataBlob::load_from_reader(&mut &raw_data[..])?;
         // no expected digest available
         let data = blob.decode(None, None)?;
@@ -141,20 +140,16 @@ impl BackupReader {
 
     /// Download a .blob file
     ///
-    /// This creates a temporary file in /tmp (using O_TMPFILE). The data is verified using
-    /// the provided manifest.
+    /// This creates a temporary file (See [`crate::tools::create_tmp_file`] for
+    /// details). The data is verified using the provided manifest.
     pub async fn download_blob(
         &self,
         manifest: &BackupManifest,
-        name: &str,
+        name: &BackupArchiveName,
     ) -> Result<DataBlobReader<'_, File>, Error> {
-        let mut tmpfile = std::fs::OpenOptions::new()
-            .write(true)
-            .read(true)
-            .custom_flags(libc::O_TMPFILE)
-            .open("/tmp")?;
+        let mut tmpfile = crate::tools::create_tmp_file()?;
 
-        self.download(name, &mut tmpfile).await?;
+        self.download(name.as_ref(), &mut tmpfile).await?;
 
         tmpfile.seek(SeekFrom::Start(0))?;
         let (csum, size) = sha256(&mut tmpfile)?;
@@ -167,20 +162,16 @@ impl BackupReader {
 
     /// Download dynamic index file
     ///
-    /// This creates a temporary file in /tmp (using O_TMPFILE). The index is verified using
-    /// the provided manifest.
+    /// This creates a temporary file (See [`crate::tools::create_tmp_file`] for
+    /// details). The index is verified using the provided manifest.
     pub async fn download_dynamic_index(
         &self,
         manifest: &BackupManifest,
-        name: &str,
+        name: &BackupArchiveName,
     ) -> Result<DynamicIndexReader, Error> {
-        let mut tmpfile = std::fs::OpenOptions::new()
-            .write(true)
-            .read(true)
-            .custom_flags(libc::O_TMPFILE)
-            .open("/tmp")?;
+        let mut tmpfile = crate::tools::create_tmp_file()?;
 
-        self.download(name, &mut tmpfile).await?;
+        self.download(name.as_ref(), &mut tmpfile).await?;
 
         let index = DynamicIndexReader::new(tmpfile)
             .map_err(|err| format_err!("unable to read dynamic index '{}' - {}", name, err))?;
@@ -194,20 +185,16 @@ impl BackupReader {
 
     /// Download fixed index file
     ///
-    /// This creates a temporary file in /tmp (using O_TMPFILE). The index is verified using
-    /// the provided manifest.
+    /// This creates a temporary file (See [`crate::tools::create_tmp_file`] for
+    /// details). The index is verified using the provided manifest.
     pub async fn download_fixed_index(
         &self,
         manifest: &BackupManifest,
-        name: &str,
+        name: &BackupArchiveName,
     ) -> Result<FixedIndexReader, Error> {
-        let mut tmpfile = std::fs::OpenOptions::new()
-            .write(true)
-            .read(true)
-            .custom_flags(libc::O_TMPFILE)
-            .open("/tmp")?;
+        let mut tmpfile = crate::tools::create_tmp_file()?;
 
-        self.download(name, &mut tmpfile).await?;
+        self.download(name.as_ref(), &mut tmpfile).await?;
 
         let index = FixedIndexReader::new(tmpfile)
             .map_err(|err| format_err!("unable to read fixed index '{}' - {}", name, err))?;

pbs-client/src/backup_specification.rs

@@ -7,10 +7,13 @@ const_regex! {
     BACKUPSPEC_REGEX = r"^([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\.(pxar|img|conf|log)):(.+)$";
 }
 
-pub const BACKUP_SOURCE_SCHEMA: Schema =
-    StringSchema::new("Backup source specification ([<label>:<path>]).")
-        .format(&ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&BACKUPSPEC_REGEX))
-        .schema();
+pub const BACKUP_SOURCE_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new(
+    "Backup source specification ([<archive-name>.<type>:<source-path>]), the \
+    'archive-name' must contain alphanumerics, hyphens and underscores only. \
+    The 'type' must be either 'pxar', 'img', 'conf' or 'log'.",
+)
+.format(&ApiStringFormat::Pattern(&BACKUPSPEC_REGEX))
+.schema();
 
 pub enum BackupSpecificationType {
     PXAR,
@@ -35,7 +38,7 @@ pub fn parse_backup_specification(value: &str) -> Result<BackupSpecification, Er
             "img" => BackupSpecificationType::IMAGE,
             "conf" => BackupSpecificationType::CONFIG,
             "log" => BackupSpecificationType::LOGFILE,
-            _ => bail!("unknown backup source type '{}'", extension),
+            _ => bail!("unknown backup source type '{extension}'"),
         };
         return Ok(BackupSpecification {
             archive_name,
@@ -44,7 +47,7 @@ pub fn parse_backup_specification(value: &str) -> Result<BackupSpecification, Er
         });
     }
 
-    bail!("unable to parse backup source specification '{}'", value);
+    bail!("unable to parse backup source specification '{value}'");
 }
 
 #[api]

pbs-client/src/backup_stats.rs

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+//! Implements counters to generate statistics for log outputs during uploads with backup writer
+
+use std::sync::atomic::{AtomicU64, AtomicUsize, Ordering};
+use std::sync::Arc;
+use std::time::Duration;
+
+use crate::pxar::create::ReusableDynamicEntry;
+
+/// Basic backup run statistics and archive checksum
+pub struct BackupStats {
+    pub size: u64,
+    pub csum: [u8; 32],
+    pub duration: Duration,
+    pub chunk_count: u64,
+}
+
+/// Extended backup run statistics and archive checksum
+pub(crate) struct UploadStats {
+    pub(crate) chunk_count: usize,
+    pub(crate) chunk_reused: usize,
+    pub(crate) chunk_injected: usize,
+    pub(crate) size: usize,
+    pub(crate) size_reused: usize,
+    pub(crate) size_injected: usize,
+    pub(crate) size_compressed: usize,
+    pub(crate) duration: Duration,
+    pub(crate) csum: [u8; 32],
+}
+
+impl UploadStats {
+    /// Convert the upload stats to the more concise [`BackupStats`]
+    #[inline(always)]
+    pub(crate) fn to_backup_stats(&self) -> BackupStats {
+        BackupStats {
+            chunk_count: self.chunk_count as u64,
+            size: self.size as u64,
+            duration: self.duration,
+            csum: self.csum,
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/// Atomic counters for accounting upload stream progress information
+#[derive(Clone)]
+pub(crate) struct UploadCounters {
+    injected_chunk_count: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+    known_chunk_count: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+    total_chunk_count: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+    compressed_stream_len: Arc<AtomicU64>,
+    injected_stream_len: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+    reused_stream_len: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+    total_stream_len: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+}
+
+impl UploadCounters {
+    /// Create and zero init new upload counters
+    pub(crate) fn new() -> Self {
+        Self {
+            total_chunk_count: Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0)),
+            injected_chunk_count: Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0)),
+            known_chunk_count: Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0)),
+            compressed_stream_len: Arc::new(AtomicU64::new(0)),
+            injected_stream_len: Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0)),
+            reused_stream_len: Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0)),
+            total_stream_len: Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0)),
+        }
+    }
+
+    #[inline(always)]
+    pub(crate) fn add_known_chunk(&mut self, chunk_len: usize) -> usize {
+        self.known_chunk_count.fetch_add(1, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.total_chunk_count.fetch_add(1, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.reused_stream_len
+            .fetch_add(chunk_len, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.total_stream_len.fetch_add(chunk_len, Ordering::SeqCst)
+    }
+
+    #[inline(always)]
+    pub(crate) fn add_new_chunk(&mut self, chunk_len: usize, chunk_raw_size: u64) -> usize {
+        self.total_chunk_count.fetch_add(1, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.compressed_stream_len
+            .fetch_add(chunk_raw_size, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.total_stream_len.fetch_add(chunk_len, Ordering::SeqCst)
+    }
+
+    #[inline(always)]
+    pub(crate) fn add_injected_chunk(&mut self, chunk: &ReusableDynamicEntry) -> usize {
+        self.total_chunk_count.fetch_add(1, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.injected_chunk_count.fetch_add(1, Ordering::SeqCst);
+
+        self.reused_stream_len
+            .fetch_add(chunk.size() as usize, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.injected_stream_len
+            .fetch_add(chunk.size() as usize, Ordering::SeqCst);
+        self.total_stream_len
+            .fetch_add(chunk.size() as usize, Ordering::SeqCst)
+    }
+
+    #[inline(always)]
+    pub(crate) fn total_stream_len(&self) -> usize {
+        self.total_stream_len.load(Ordering::SeqCst)
+    }
+
+    /// Convert the counters to [`UploadStats`], including given archive checksum and runtime.
+    #[inline(always)]
+    pub(crate) fn to_upload_stats(&self, csum: [u8; 32], duration: Duration) -> UploadStats {
+        UploadStats {
+            chunk_count: self.total_chunk_count.load(Ordering::SeqCst),
+            chunk_reused: self.known_chunk_count.load(Ordering::SeqCst),
+            chunk_injected: self.injected_chunk_count.load(Ordering::SeqCst),
+            size: self.total_stream_len.load(Ordering::SeqCst),
+            size_reused: self.reused_stream_len.load(Ordering::SeqCst),
+            size_injected: self.injected_stream_len.load(Ordering::SeqCst),
+            size_compressed: self.compressed_stream_len.load(Ordering::SeqCst) as usize,
+            duration,
+            csum,
+        }
+    }
+}

pbs-client/src/backup_writer.rs

@@ -1,28 +1,34 @@
 use std::collections::HashSet;
 use std::future::Future;
-use std::os::unix::fs::OpenOptionsExt;
-use std::sync::atomic::{AtomicU64, AtomicUsize, Ordering};
+use std::sync::atomic::{AtomicUsize, Ordering};
 use std::sync::{Arc, Mutex};
+use std::time::Instant;
 
 use anyhow::{bail, format_err, Error};
 use futures::future::{self, AbortHandle, Either, FutureExt, TryFutureExt};
 use futures::stream::{Stream, StreamExt, TryStreamExt};
+use openssl::sha::Sha256;
 use serde_json::{json, Value};
 use tokio::io::AsyncReadExt;
 use tokio::sync::{mpsc, oneshot};
 use tokio_stream::wrappers::ReceiverStream;
 
-use pbs_api_types::{BackupDir, BackupNamespace};
+use pbs_api_types::{
+    ArchiveType, BackupArchiveName, BackupDir, BackupNamespace, CATALOG_NAME, MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME,
+};
 use pbs_datastore::data_blob::{ChunkInfo, DataBlob, DataChunkBuilder};
 use pbs_datastore::dynamic_index::DynamicIndexReader;
 use pbs_datastore::fixed_index::FixedIndexReader;
 use pbs_datastore::index::IndexFile;
-use pbs_datastore::manifest::{ArchiveType, BackupManifest, MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME};
-use pbs_datastore::{CATALOG_NAME, PROXMOX_BACKUP_PROTOCOL_ID_V1};
+use pbs_datastore::manifest::BackupManifest;
+use pbs_datastore::PROXMOX_BACKUP_PROTOCOL_ID_V1;
 use pbs_tools::crypt_config::CryptConfig;
 
 use proxmox_human_byte::HumanByte;
+use proxmox_log::{debug, enabled, info, trace, warn, Level};
+use proxmox_time::TimeSpan;
 
+use super::backup_stats::{BackupStats, UploadCounters, UploadStats};
 use super::inject_reused_chunks::{InjectChunks, InjectReusedChunks, InjectedChunksInfo};
 use super::merge_known_chunks::{MergeKnownChunks, MergedChunkInfo};
 
@@ -40,11 +46,6 @@ impl Drop for BackupWriter {
     }
 }
 
-pub struct BackupStats {
-    pub size: u64,
-    pub csum: [u8; 32],
-}
-
 /// Options for uploading blobs/streams to the server
 #[derive(Default, Clone)]
 pub struct UploadOptions {
@@ -54,19 +55,12 @@ pub struct UploadOptions {
     pub fixed_size: Option<u64>,
 }
 
-struct UploadStats {
-    chunk_count: usize,
-    chunk_reused: usize,
-    chunk_injected: usize,
+struct ChunkUploadResponse {
+    future: h2::legacy::client::ResponseFuture,
     size: usize,
-    size_reused: usize,
-    size_injected: usize,
-    size_compressed: usize,
-    duration: std::time::Duration,
-    csum: [u8; 32],
 }
 
-type UploadQueueSender = mpsc::Sender<(MergedChunkInfo, Option<h2::client::ResponseFuture>)>;
+type UploadQueueSender = mpsc::Sender<(MergedChunkInfo, Option<ChunkUploadResponse>)>;
 type UploadResultReceiver = oneshot::Receiver<Result<(), Error>>;
 
 impl BackupWriter {
@@ -149,7 +143,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
         param: Option<Value>,
         content_type: &str,
         data: Vec<u8>,
-    ) -> Result<h2::client::ResponseFuture, Error> {
+    ) -> Result<h2::legacy::client::ResponseFuture, Error> {
         let request =
             H2Client::request_builder("localhost", method, path, param, Some(content_type))
                 .unwrap();
@@ -189,6 +183,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
         mut reader: R,
         file_name: &str,
     ) -> Result<BackupStats, Error> {
+        let start_time = Instant::now();
         let mut raw_data = Vec::new();
         // fixme: avoid loading into memory
         reader.read_to_end(&mut raw_data)?;
@@ -206,7 +201,12 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                 raw_data,
             )
             .await?;
-        Ok(BackupStats { size, csum })
+        Ok(BackupStats {
+            size,
+            csum,
+            duration: start_time.elapsed(),
+            chunk_count: 0,
+        })
     }
 
     pub async fn upload_blob_from_data(
@@ -215,6 +215,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
         file_name: &str,
         options: UploadOptions,
     ) -> Result<BackupStats, Error> {
+        let start_time = Instant::now();
         let blob = match (options.encrypt, &self.crypt_config) {
             (false, _) => DataBlob::encode(&data, None, options.compress)?,
             (true, None) => bail!("requested encryption without a crypt config"),
@@ -238,7 +239,12 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                 raw_data,
             )
             .await?;
-        Ok(BackupStats { size, csum })
+        Ok(BackupStats {
+            size,
+            csum,
+            duration: start_time.elapsed(),
+            chunk_count: 0,
+        })
     }
 
     pub async fn upload_blob_from_file<P: AsRef<std::path::Path>>(
@@ -263,9 +269,102 @@ impl BackupWriter {
             .await
     }
 
+    /// Upload chunks and index
+    pub async fn upload_index_chunk_info(
+        &self,
+        archive_name: &BackupArchiveName,
+        stream: impl Stream<Item = Result<MergedChunkInfo, Error>>,
+        options: UploadOptions,
+    ) -> Result<BackupStats, Error> {
+        let mut param = json!({ "archive-name": archive_name });
+        let prefix = if let Some(size) = options.fixed_size {
+            param["size"] = size.into();
+            "fixed"
+        } else {
+            "dynamic"
+        };
+
+        if options.encrypt && self.crypt_config.is_none() {
+            bail!("requested encryption without a crypt config");
+        }
+
+        let wid = self
+            .h2
+            .post(&format!("{prefix}_index"), Some(param))
+            .await?
+            .as_u64()
+            .unwrap();
+
+        let mut counters = UploadCounters::new();
+        let counters_readonly = counters.clone();
+
+        let is_fixed_chunk_size = prefix == "fixed";
+
+        let index_csum = Arc::new(Mutex::new(Some(Sha256::new())));
+        let index_csum_2 = index_csum.clone();
+
+        let stream = stream
+            .and_then(move |mut merged_chunk_info| {
+                match merged_chunk_info {
+                    MergedChunkInfo::New(ref chunk_info) => {
+                        let chunk_len = chunk_info.chunk_len;
+                        let offset =
+                            counters.add_new_chunk(chunk_len as usize, chunk_info.chunk.raw_size());
+                        let end_offset = offset as u64 + chunk_len;
+                        let mut guard = index_csum.lock().unwrap();
+                        let csum = guard.as_mut().unwrap();
+                        if !is_fixed_chunk_size {
+                            csum.update(&end_offset.to_le_bytes());
+                        }
+                        csum.update(&chunk_info.digest);
+                    }
+                    MergedChunkInfo::Known(ref mut known_chunk_list) => {
+                        for (chunk_len, digest) in known_chunk_list {
+                            let offset = counters.add_known_chunk(*chunk_len as usize);
+                            let end_offset = offset as u64 + *chunk_len;
+                            let mut guard = index_csum.lock().unwrap();
+                            let csum = guard.as_mut().unwrap();
+                            if !is_fixed_chunk_size {
+                                csum.update(&end_offset.to_le_bytes());
+                            }
+                            csum.update(digest);
+                            // Replace size with offset, expected by further stream
+                            *chunk_len = offset as u64;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                future::ok(merged_chunk_info)
+            })
+            .merge_known_chunks();
+
+        let upload_stats = Self::upload_merged_chunk_stream(
+            self.h2.clone(),
+            wid,
+            archive_name,
+            prefix,
+            stream,
+            index_csum_2,
+            counters_readonly,
+        )
+        .await?;
+
+        let param = json!({
+            "wid": wid ,
+            "chunk-count": upload_stats.chunk_count,
+            "size": upload_stats.size,
+            "csum": hex::encode(upload_stats.csum),
+        });
+        let _value = self
+            .h2
+            .post(&format!("{prefix}_close"), Some(param))
+            .await?;
+
+        Ok(upload_stats.to_backup_stats())
+    }
+
     pub async fn upload_stream(
         &self,
-        archive_name: &str,
+        archive_name: &BackupArchiveName,
         stream: impl Stream<Item = Result<bytes::BytesMut, Error>>,
         options: UploadOptions,
         injections: Option<std::sync::mpsc::Receiver<InjectChunks>>,
@@ -291,13 +390,13 @@ impl BackupWriter {
             if !manifest
                 .files()
                 .iter()
-                .any(|file| file.filename == archive_name)
+                .any(|file| file.filename == archive_name.as_ref())
             {
-                log::info!("Previous manifest does not contain an archive called '{archive_name}', skipping download..");
+                info!("Previous manifest does not contain an archive called '{archive_name}', skipping download..");
             } else {
                 // try, but ignore errors
-                match ArchiveType::from_path(archive_name) {
-                    Ok(ArchiveType::FixedIndex) => {
+                match archive_name.archive_type() {
+                    ArchiveType::FixedIndex => {
                         if let Err(err) = self
                             .download_previous_fixed_index(
                                 archive_name,
@@ -306,10 +405,10 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                             )
                             .await
                         {
-                            log::warn!("Error downloading .fidx from previous manifest: {}", err);
+                            warn!("Error downloading .fidx from previous manifest: {}", err);
                         }
                     }
-                    Ok(ArchiveType::DynamicIndex) => {
+                    ArchiveType::DynamicIndex => {
                         if let Err(err) = self
                             .download_previous_dynamic_index(
                                 archive_name,
@@ -318,7 +417,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                             )
                             .await
                         {
-                            log::warn!("Error downloading .didx from previous manifest: {}", err);
+                            warn!("Error downloading .didx from previous manifest: {}", err);
                         }
                     }
                     _ => { /* do nothing */ }
@@ -346,61 +445,58 @@ impl BackupWriter {
             },
             options.compress,
             injections,
+            archive_name,
         )
         .await?;
 
         let size_dirty = upload_stats.size - upload_stats.size_reused;
         let size: HumanByte = upload_stats.size.into();
-        let archive = if log::log_enabled!(log::Level::Debug) {
-            archive_name
+        let archive = if enabled!(Level::DEBUG) {
+            archive_name.to_string()
         } else {
-            pbs_tools::format::strip_server_file_extension(archive_name)
+            archive_name.without_type_extension()
         };
 
         if upload_stats.chunk_injected > 0 {
-            log::info!(
+            info!(
                 "{archive}: reused {} from previous snapshot for unchanged files ({} chunks)",
                 HumanByte::from(upload_stats.size_injected),
                 upload_stats.chunk_injected,
             );
         }
 
-        if archive_name != CATALOG_NAME {
+        if *archive_name != *CATALOG_NAME {
             let speed: HumanByte =
                 ((size_dirty * 1_000_000) / (upload_stats.duration.as_micros() as usize)).into();
             let size_dirty: HumanByte = size_dirty.into();
             let size_compressed: HumanByte = upload_stats.size_compressed.into();
-            log::info!(
+            info!(
                 "{archive}: had to backup {size_dirty} of {size} (compressed {size_compressed}) in {:.2} s (average {speed}/s)",
                 upload_stats.duration.as_secs_f64()
             );
         } else {
-            log::info!("Uploaded backup catalog ({})", size);
+            info!("Uploaded backup catalog ({})", size);
         }
 
         if upload_stats.size_reused > 0 && upload_stats.size > 1024 * 1024 {
             let reused_percent = upload_stats.size_reused as f64 * 100. / upload_stats.size as f64;
             let reused: HumanByte = upload_stats.size_reused.into();
-            log::info!(
+            info!(
                 "{}: backup was done incrementally, reused {} ({:.1}%)",
-                archive,
-                reused,
-                reused_percent
+                archive, reused, reused_percent
             );
         }
-        if log::log_enabled!(log::Level::Debug) && upload_stats.chunk_count > 0 {
-            log::debug!(
+        if enabled!(Level::DEBUG) && upload_stats.chunk_count > 0 {
+            debug!(
                 "{}: Reused {} from {} chunks.",
-                archive,
-                upload_stats.chunk_reused,
-                upload_stats.chunk_count
+                archive, upload_stats.chunk_reused, upload_stats.chunk_count
             );
-            log::debug!(
+            debug!(
                 "{}: Average chunk size was {}.",
                 archive,
                 HumanByte::from(upload_stats.size / upload_stats.chunk_count)
             );
-            log::debug!(
+            debug!(
                 "{}: Average time per request: {} microseconds.",
                 archive,
                 (upload_stats.duration.as_micros()) / (upload_stats.chunk_count as u128)
@@ -414,14 +510,11 @@ impl BackupWriter {
             "csum": hex::encode(upload_stats.csum),
         });
         let _value = self.h2.post(&close_path, Some(param)).await?;
-        Ok(BackupStats {
-            size: upload_stats.size as u64,
-            csum: upload_stats.csum,
-        })
+        Ok(upload_stats.to_backup_stats())
     }
 
     fn response_queue() -> (
-        mpsc::Sender<h2::client::ResponseFuture>,
+        mpsc::Sender<h2::legacy::client::ResponseFuture>,
         oneshot::Receiver<Result<(), Error>>,
     ) {
         let (verify_queue_tx, verify_queue_rx) = mpsc::channel(100);
@@ -444,11 +537,11 @@ impl BackupWriter {
         tokio::spawn(
             ReceiverStream::new(verify_queue_rx)
                 .map(Ok::<_, Error>)
-                .try_for_each(move |response: h2::client::ResponseFuture| {
+                .try_for_each(move |response: h2::legacy::client::ResponseFuture| {
                     response
                         .map_err(Error::from)
                         .and_then(H2Client::h2api_response)
-                        .map_ok(move |result| log::debug!("RESPONSE: {:?}", result))
+                        .map_ok(move |result| debug!("RESPONSE: {:?}", result))
                         .map_err(|err| format_err!("pipelined request failed: {}", err))
                 })
                 .map(|result| {
@@ -463,6 +556,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
         h2: H2Client,
         wid: u64,
         path: String,
+        uploaded: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
     ) -> (UploadQueueSender, UploadResultReceiver) {
         let (verify_queue_tx, verify_queue_rx) = mpsc::channel(64);
         let (verify_result_tx, verify_result_rx) = oneshot::channel();
@@ -471,15 +565,21 @@ impl BackupWriter {
         tokio::spawn(
             ReceiverStream::new(verify_queue_rx)
                 .map(Ok::<_, Error>)
-                .and_then(move |(merged_chunk_info, response): (MergedChunkInfo, Option<h2::client::ResponseFuture>)| {
+                .and_then(move |(merged_chunk_info, response): (MergedChunkInfo, Option<ChunkUploadResponse>)| {
                     match (response, merged_chunk_info) {
                         (Some(response), MergedChunkInfo::Known(list)) => {
                             Either::Left(
                                 response
+                                    .future
                                     .map_err(Error::from)
                                     .and_then(H2Client::h2api_response)
-                                    .and_then(move |_result| {
-                                        future::ok(MergedChunkInfo::Known(list))
+                                    .and_then({
+                                        let uploaded = uploaded.clone();
+                                        move |_result| {
+                                            // account for uploaded bytes for progress output
+                                            uploaded.fetch_add(response.size, Ordering::SeqCst);
+                                            future::ok(MergedChunkInfo::Known(list))
+                                        }
                                     })
                             )
                         }
@@ -499,7 +599,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                                 digest_list.push(hex::encode(digest));
                                 offset_list.push(offset);
                             }
-                            log::debug!("append chunks list len ({})", digest_list.len());
+                            debug!("append chunks list len ({})", digest_list.len());
                             let param = json!({ "wid": wid, "digest-list": digest_list, "offset-list": offset_list });
                             let request = H2Client::request_builder("localhost", "PUT", &path, None, Some("application/json")).unwrap();
                             let param_data = bytes::Bytes::from(param.to_string().into_bytes());
@@ -527,15 +627,11 @@ impl BackupWriter {
 
     pub async fn download_previous_fixed_index(
         &self,
-        archive_name: &str,
+        archive_name: &BackupArchiveName,
         manifest: &BackupManifest,
         known_chunks: Arc<Mutex<HashSet<[u8; 32]>>>,
     ) -> Result<FixedIndexReader, Error> {
-        let mut tmpfile = std::fs::OpenOptions::new()
-            .write(true)
-            .read(true)
-            .custom_flags(libc::O_TMPFILE)
-            .open("/tmp")?;
+        let mut tmpfile = crate::tools::create_tmp_file()?;
 
         let param = json!({ "archive-name": archive_name });
         self.h2
@@ -555,7 +651,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
             known_chunks.insert(*index.index_digest(i).unwrap());
         }
 
-        log::debug!(
+        debug!(
             "{}: known chunks list length is {}",
             archive_name,
             index.index_count()
@@ -566,15 +662,11 @@ impl BackupWriter {
 
     pub async fn download_previous_dynamic_index(
         &self,
-        archive_name: &str,
+        archive_name: &BackupArchiveName,
         manifest: &BackupManifest,
         known_chunks: Arc<Mutex<HashSet<[u8; 32]>>>,
     ) -> Result<DynamicIndexReader, Error> {
-        let mut tmpfile = std::fs::OpenOptions::new()
-            .write(true)
-            .read(true)
-            .custom_flags(libc::O_TMPFILE)
-            .open("/tmp")?;
+        let mut tmpfile = crate::tools::create_tmp_file()?;
 
         let param = json!({ "archive-name": archive_name });
         self.h2
@@ -593,7 +685,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
             known_chunks.insert(*index.index_digest(i).unwrap());
         }
 
-        log::debug!(
+        debug!(
             "{}: known chunks list length is {}",
             archive_name,
             index.index_count()
@@ -617,7 +709,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
     pub async fn download_previous_manifest(&self) -> Result<BackupManifest, Error> {
         let mut raw_data = Vec::with_capacity(64 * 1024);
 
-        let param = json!({ "archive-name": MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME });
+        let param = json!({ "archive-name": MANIFEST_BLOB_NAME.to_string() });
         self.h2
             .download("previous", Some(param), &mut raw_data)
             .await?;
@@ -645,52 +737,26 @@ impl BackupWriter {
         crypt_config: Option<Arc<CryptConfig>>,
         compress: bool,
         injections: Option<std::sync::mpsc::Receiver<InjectChunks>>,
+        archive: &BackupArchiveName,
     ) -> impl Future<Output = Result<UploadStats, Error>> {
-        let total_chunks = Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0));
-        let total_chunks2 = total_chunks.clone();
-        let known_chunk_count = Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0));
-        let known_chunk_count2 = known_chunk_count.clone();
-        let injected_chunk_count = Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0));
-        let injected_chunk_count2 = injected_chunk_count.clone();
+        let mut counters = UploadCounters::new();
+        let counters_readonly = counters.clone();
 
-        let stream_len = Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0));
-        let stream_len2 = stream_len.clone();
-        let compressed_stream_len = Arc::new(AtomicU64::new(0));
-        let compressed_stream_len2 = compressed_stream_len.clone();
-        let reused_len = Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0));
-        let reused_len2 = reused_len.clone();
-        let injected_len = Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0));
-        let injected_len2 = injected_len.clone();
-
-        let append_chunk_path = format!("{}_index", prefix);
-        let upload_chunk_path = format!("{}_chunk", prefix);
         let is_fixed_chunk_size = prefix == "fixed";
 
-        let (upload_queue, upload_result) =
-            Self::append_chunk_queue(h2.clone(), wid, append_chunk_path);
-
-        let start_time = std::time::Instant::now();
-
         let index_csum = Arc::new(Mutex::new(Some(openssl::sha::Sha256::new())));
         let index_csum_2 = index_csum.clone();
 
-        stream
-            .inject_reused_chunks(injections, stream_len.clone())
+        let stream = stream
+            .inject_reused_chunks(injections, counters.clone())
             .and_then(move |chunk_info| match chunk_info {
                 InjectedChunksInfo::Known(chunks) => {
                     // account for injected chunks
-                    let count = chunks.len();
-                    total_chunks.fetch_add(count, Ordering::SeqCst);
-                    injected_chunk_count.fetch_add(count, Ordering::SeqCst);
-
                     let mut known = Vec::new();
                     let mut guard = index_csum.lock().unwrap();
                     let csum = guard.as_mut().unwrap();
                     for chunk in chunks {
-                        let offset =
-                            stream_len.fetch_add(chunk.size() as usize, Ordering::SeqCst) as u64;
-                        reused_len.fetch_add(chunk.size() as usize, Ordering::SeqCst);
-                        injected_len.fetch_add(chunk.size() as usize, Ordering::SeqCst);
+                        let offset = counters.add_injected_chunk(&chunk) as u64;
                         let digest = chunk.digest();
                         known.push((offset, digest));
                         let end_offset = offset + chunk.size();
@@ -703,9 +769,6 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                     // account for not injected chunks (new and known)
                     let chunk_len = data.len();
 
-                    total_chunks.fetch_add(1, Ordering::SeqCst);
-                    let offset = stream_len.fetch_add(chunk_len, Ordering::SeqCst) as u64;
-
                     let mut chunk_builder = DataChunkBuilder::new(data.as_ref()).compress(compress);
 
                     if let Some(ref crypt_config) = crypt_config {
@@ -713,7 +776,29 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                     }
 
                     let mut known_chunks = known_chunks.lock().unwrap();
-                    let digest = chunk_builder.digest();
+                    let digest = *chunk_builder.digest();
+                    let (offset, res) = if known_chunks.contains(&digest) {
+                        let offset = counters.add_known_chunk(chunk_len) as u64;
+                        (offset, MergedChunkInfo::Known(vec![(offset, digest)]))
+                    } else {
+                        match chunk_builder.build() {
+                            Ok((chunk, digest)) => {
+                                let offset =
+                                    counters.add_new_chunk(chunk_len, chunk.raw_size()) as u64;
+                                known_chunks.insert(digest);
+                                (
+                                    offset,
+                                    MergedChunkInfo::New(ChunkInfo {
+                                        chunk,
+                                        digest,
+                                        chunk_len: chunk_len as u64,
+                                        offset,
+                                    }),
+                                )
+                            }
+                            Err(err) => return future::err(err),
+                        }
+                    };
 
                     let mut guard = index_csum.lock().unwrap();
                     let csum = guard.as_mut().unwrap();
@@ -723,29 +808,63 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                     if !is_fixed_chunk_size {
                         csum.update(&chunk_end.to_le_bytes());
                     }
-                    csum.update(digest);
+                    csum.update(&digest);
 
-                    let chunk_is_known = known_chunks.contains(digest);
-                    if chunk_is_known {
-                        known_chunk_count.fetch_add(1, Ordering::SeqCst);
-                        reused_len.fetch_add(chunk_len, Ordering::SeqCst);
-                        future::ok(MergedChunkInfo::Known(vec![(offset, *digest)]))
-                    } else {
-                        let compressed_stream_len2 = compressed_stream_len.clone();
-                        known_chunks.insert(*digest);
-                        future::ready(chunk_builder.build().map(move |(chunk, digest)| {
-                            compressed_stream_len2.fetch_add(chunk.raw_size(), Ordering::SeqCst);
-                            MergedChunkInfo::New(ChunkInfo {
-                                chunk,
-                                digest,
-                                chunk_len: chunk_len as u64,
-                                offset,
-                            })
-                        }))
-                    }
+                    future::ok(res)
                 }
             })
-            .merge_known_chunks()
+            .merge_known_chunks();
+
+        Self::upload_merged_chunk_stream(
+            h2,
+            wid,
+            archive,
+            prefix,
+            stream,
+            index_csum_2,
+            counters_readonly,
+        )
+    }
+
+    fn upload_merged_chunk_stream(
+        h2: H2Client,
+        wid: u64,
+        archive: &BackupArchiveName,
+        prefix: &str,
+        stream: impl Stream<Item = Result<MergedChunkInfo, Error>>,
+        index_csum: Arc<Mutex<Option<Sha256>>>,
+        counters: UploadCounters,
+    ) -> impl Future<Output = Result<UploadStats, Error>> {
+        let append_chunk_path = format!("{prefix}_index");
+        let upload_chunk_path = format!("{prefix}_chunk");
+
+        let start_time = std::time::Instant::now();
+        let uploaded_len = Arc::new(AtomicUsize::new(0));
+
+        let (upload_queue, upload_result) =
+            Self::append_chunk_queue(h2.clone(), wid, append_chunk_path, uploaded_len.clone());
+
+        let progress_handle = if archive.ends_with(".img.fidx")
+            || archive.ends_with(".pxar.didx")
+            || archive.ends_with(".ppxar.didx")
+        {
+            let counters = counters.clone();
+            Some(tokio::spawn(async move {
+                loop {
+                    tokio::time::sleep(tokio::time::Duration::from_secs(60)).await;
+
+                    let size = HumanByte::from(counters.total_stream_len());
+                    let size_uploaded = HumanByte::from(uploaded_len.load(Ordering::SeqCst));
+                    let elapsed = TimeSpan::from(start_time.elapsed());
+
+                    info!("processed {size} in {elapsed}, uploaded {size_uploaded}");
+                }
+            }))
+        } else {
+            None
+        };
+
+        stream
             .try_for_each(move |merged_chunk_info| {
                 let upload_queue = upload_queue.clone();
 
@@ -754,7 +873,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                     let digest = chunk_info.digest;
                     let digest_str = hex::encode(digest);
 
-                    log::trace!(
+                    trace!(
                         "upload new chunk {} ({} bytes, offset {})",
                         digest_str,
                         chunk_info.chunk_len,
@@ -785,7 +904,13 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                     Either::Left(h2.send_request(request, upload_data).and_then(
                         move |response| async move {
                             upload_queue
-                                .send((new_info, Some(response)))
+                                .send((
+                                    new_info,
+                                    Some(ChunkUploadResponse {
+                                        future: response,
+                                        size: chunk_info.chunk_len as usize,
+                                    }),
+                                ))
                                 .await
                                 .map_err(|err| {
                                     format_err!("failed to send to upload queue: {}", err)
@@ -803,29 +928,14 @@ impl BackupWriter {
             })
             .then(move |result| async move { upload_result.await?.and(result) }.boxed())
             .and_then(move |_| {
-                let duration = start_time.elapsed();
-                let chunk_count = total_chunks2.load(Ordering::SeqCst);
-                let chunk_reused = known_chunk_count2.load(Ordering::SeqCst);
-                let chunk_injected = injected_chunk_count2.load(Ordering::SeqCst);
-                let size = stream_len2.load(Ordering::SeqCst);
-                let size_reused = reused_len2.load(Ordering::SeqCst);
-                let size_injected = injected_len2.load(Ordering::SeqCst);
-                let size_compressed = compressed_stream_len2.load(Ordering::SeqCst) as usize;
-
-                let mut guard = index_csum_2.lock().unwrap();
+                let mut guard = index_csum.lock().unwrap();
                 let csum = guard.take().unwrap().finish();
 
-                futures::future::ok(UploadStats {
-                    chunk_count,
-                    chunk_reused,
-                    chunk_injected,
-                    size,
-                    size_reused,
-                    size_injected,
-                    size_compressed,
-                    duration,
-                    csum,
-                })
+                if let Some(handle) = progress_handle {
+                    handle.abort();
+                }
+
+                futures::future::ok(counters.to_upload_stats(csum, start_time.elapsed()))
             })
     }
 
@@ -854,7 +964,7 @@ impl BackupWriter {
                 break;
             }
 
-            log::debug!("send test data ({} bytes)", data.len());
+            debug!("send test data ({} bytes)", data.len());
             let request =
                 H2Client::request_builder("localhost", "POST", "speedtest", None, None).unwrap();
             let request_future = self
@@ -869,13 +979,13 @@ impl BackupWriter {
 
         let _ = upload_result.await?;
 
-        log::info!(
+        info!(
             "Uploaded {} chunks in {} seconds.",
             repeat,
             start_time.elapsed().as_secs()
         );
         let speed = ((item_len * (repeat as usize)) as f64) / start_time.elapsed().as_secs_f64();
-        log::info!(
+        info!(
             "Time per request: {} microseconds.",
             (start_time.elapsed().as_micros()) / (repeat as u128)
         );

pbs-client/src/catalog_shell.rs

@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ use nix::fcntl::OFlag;
 use nix::sys::stat::Mode;
 
 use pathpatterns::{MatchEntry, MatchList, MatchPattern, MatchType, PatternFlag};
+use pbs_api_types::PathPattern;
 use proxmox_router::cli::{self, CliCommand, CliCommandMap, CliHelper, CommandLineInterface};
 use proxmox_schema::api;
 use proxmox_sys::fs::{create_path, CreateOptions};
@@ -21,7 +22,8 @@ use pxar::accessor::ReadAt;
 use pxar::{EntryKind, Metadata};
 
 use pbs_datastore::catalog::{self, DirEntryAttribute};
-use proxmox_async::runtime::block_in_place;
+use proxmox_async::runtime::{block_in_place, block_on};
+use proxmox_log::error;
 
 use crate::pxar::Flags;
 
@@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ fn complete_path(complete_me: &str, _map: &HashMap<String, String>) -> Vec<Strin
     match shell.complete_path(complete_me) {
         Ok(list) => list,
         Err(err) => {
-            log::error!("error during completion: {}", err);
+            error!("error during completion: {}", err);
             Vec::new()
         }
     }
@@ -240,8 +242,7 @@ async fn list_selected_command(patterns: bool) -> Result<(), Error> {
     input: {
         properties: {
             pattern: {
-                type: String,
-                description: "Match pattern for matching files in the catalog."
+                type: PathPattern,
             },
             select: {
                 type: bool,
@@ -282,9 +283,8 @@ async fn restore_selected_command(target: String) -> Result<(), Error> {
                 description: "target path for restore on local filesystem."
             },
             pattern: {
-                type: String,
+                type: PathPattern,
                 optional: true,
-                description: "match pattern to limit files for restore."
             }
         }
     }
@@ -304,7 +304,6 @@ async fn restore_command(target: String, pattern: Option<String>) -> Result<(),
 /// The `Path` type's component iterator does not tell us anything about trailing slashes or
 /// trailing `Component::CurDir` entries. Since we only support regular paths we'll roll our own
 /// here:
-
 pub struct Shell {
     /// Readline instance handling input and callbacks
     rl: rustyline::Editor<CliHelper>,
@@ -312,8 +311,9 @@ pub struct Shell {
     /// Interactive prompt.
     prompt: String,
 
-    /// Catalog reader instance to navigate
-    catalog: CatalogReader,
+    /// Optional catalog reader instance to navigate, if not present the Accessor is used for
+    /// navigation
+    catalog: Option<CatalogReader>,
 
     /// List of selected paths for restore
     selected: HashMap<OsString, MatchEntry>,
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ impl PathStackEntry {
 impl Shell {
     /// Create a new shell for the given catalog and pxar archive.
     pub async fn new(
-        mut catalog: CatalogReader,
+        mut catalog: Option<CatalogReader>,
         archive_name: &str,
         archive: Accessor,
     ) -> Result<Self, Error> {
@@ -355,11 +355,31 @@ impl Shell {
         let mut rl = rustyline::Editor::<CliHelper>::new();
         rl.set_helper(Some(cli_helper));
 
-        let catalog_root = catalog.root()?;
-        let archive_root = catalog
-            .lookup(&catalog_root, archive_name.as_bytes())?
-            .ok_or_else(|| format_err!("archive not found in catalog"))?;
-        let position = vec![PathStackEntry::new(archive_root)];
+        let mut position = Vec::new();
+        if let Some(catalog) = catalog.as_mut() {
+            let catalog_root = catalog.root()?;
+            let archive_root = catalog
+                .lookup(&catalog_root, archive_name.as_bytes())?
+                .ok_or_else(|| format_err!("archive not found in catalog"))?;
+            position.push(PathStackEntry::new(archive_root));
+        } else {
+            let root = archive.open_root().await?;
+            let root_entry = root.lookup_self().await?;
+            if let EntryKind::Directory = root_entry.kind() {
+                let entry_attr = DirEntryAttribute::Directory {
+                    start: root_entry.entry_range_info().entry_range.start,
+                };
+                position.push(PathStackEntry {
+                    catalog: catalog::DirEntry {
+                        name: archive_name.into(),
+                        attr: entry_attr,
+                    },
+                    pxar: Some(root_entry),
+                });
+            } else {
+                bail!("unexpected root entry type");
+            }
+        }
 
         let mut this = Self {
             rl,
@@ -398,7 +418,7 @@ impl Shell {
             let args = match cli::shellword_split(&line) {
                 Ok(args) => args,
                 Err(err) => {
-                    log::error!("Error: {}", err);
+                    error!("Error: {}", err);
                     continue;
                 }
             };
@@ -450,7 +470,7 @@ impl Shell {
 
     async fn resolve_symlink(
         stack: &mut Vec<PathStackEntry>,
-        catalog: &mut CatalogReader,
+        catalog: &mut Option<CatalogReader>,
         accessor: &Accessor,
         follow_symlinks: &mut Option<usize>,
     ) -> Result<(), Error> {
@@ -468,7 +488,7 @@ impl Shell {
             };
 
             let new_stack =
-                Self::lookup(stack, &mut *catalog, accessor, Some(path), follow_symlinks).await?;
+                Self::lookup(stack, catalog, accessor, Some(path), follow_symlinks).await?;
 
             *stack = new_stack;
 
@@ -484,7 +504,7 @@ impl Shell {
     /// out.
     async fn step(
         stack: &mut Vec<PathStackEntry>,
-        catalog: &mut CatalogReader,
+        catalog: &mut Option<CatalogReader>,
         accessor: &Accessor,
         component: std::path::Component<'_>,
         follow_symlinks: &mut Option<usize>,
@@ -503,9 +523,27 @@ impl Shell {
                 if stack.last().unwrap().catalog.is_symlink() {
                     Self::resolve_symlink(stack, catalog, accessor, follow_symlinks).await?;
                 }
-                match catalog.lookup(&stack.last().unwrap().catalog, entry.as_bytes())? {
-                    Some(dir) => stack.push(PathStackEntry::new(dir)),
-                    None => bail!("no such file or directory: {:?}", entry),
+                if let Some(catalog) = catalog {
+                    match catalog.lookup(&stack.last().unwrap().catalog, entry.as_bytes())? {
+                        Some(dir) => stack.push(PathStackEntry::new(dir)),
+                        None => bail!("no such file or directory: {entry:?}"),
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    let pxar_entry = parent_pxar_entry(stack)?;
+                    let parent_dir = pxar_entry.enter_directory().await?;
+                    match parent_dir.lookup(entry).await? {
+                        Some(entry) => {
+                            let entry_attr = DirEntryAttribute::try_from(&entry)?;
+                            stack.push(PathStackEntry {
+                                catalog: catalog::DirEntry {
+                                    name: entry.entry().file_name().as_bytes().into(),
+                                    attr: entry_attr,
+                                },
+                                pxar: Some(entry),
+                            })
+                        }
+                        None => bail!("no such file or directory: {entry:?}"),
+                    }
                 }
             }
         }
@@ -515,7 +553,7 @@ impl Shell {
 
     fn step_nofollow(
         stack: &mut Vec<PathStackEntry>,
-        catalog: &mut CatalogReader,
+        catalog: &mut Option<CatalogReader>,
         component: std::path::Component<'_>,
     ) -> Result<(), Error> {
         use std::path::Component;
@@ -531,11 +569,27 @@ impl Shell {
             Component::Normal(entry) => {
                 if stack.last().unwrap().catalog.is_symlink() {
                     bail!("target is a symlink");
-                } else {
+                } else if let Some(catalog) = catalog.as_mut() {
                     match catalog.lookup(&stack.last().unwrap().catalog, entry.as_bytes())? {
                         Some(dir) => stack.push(PathStackEntry::new(dir)),
                         None => bail!("no such file or directory: {:?}", entry),
                     }
+                } else {
+                    let pxar_entry = parent_pxar_entry(stack)?;
+                    let parent_dir = block_on(pxar_entry.enter_directory())?;
+                    match block_on(parent_dir.lookup(entry))? {
+                        Some(entry) => {
+                            let entry_attr = DirEntryAttribute::try_from(&entry)?;
+                            stack.push(PathStackEntry {
+                                catalog: catalog::DirEntry {
+                                    name: entry.entry().file_name().as_bytes().into(),
+                                    attr: entry_attr,
+                                },
+                                pxar: Some(entry),
+                            })
+                        }
+                        None => bail!("no such file or directory: {entry:?}"),
+                    }
                 }
             }
         }
@@ -545,7 +599,7 @@ impl Shell {
     /// The pxar accessor is required to resolve symbolic links
     async fn walk_catalog(
         stack: &mut Vec<PathStackEntry>,
-        catalog: &mut CatalogReader,
+        catalog: &mut Option<CatalogReader>,
         accessor: &Accessor,
         path: &Path,
         follow_symlinks: &mut Option<usize>,
@@ -559,7 +613,7 @@ impl Shell {
     /// Non-async version cannot follow symlinks.
     fn walk_catalog_nofollow(
         stack: &mut Vec<PathStackEntry>,
-        catalog: &mut CatalogReader,
+        catalog: &mut Option<CatalogReader>,
         path: &Path,
     ) -> Result<(), Error> {
         for c in path.components() {
@@ -612,12 +666,34 @@ impl Shell {
                     tmp_stack = self.position.clone();
                 }
                 Self::walk_catalog_nofollow(&mut tmp_stack, &mut self.catalog, &path)?;
-                (&tmp_stack.last().unwrap().catalog, base, part)
+                (&tmp_stack.last().unwrap(), base, part)
             }
-            None => (&self.position.last().unwrap().catalog, "", input),
+            None => (&self.position.last().unwrap(), "", input),
         };
 
-        let entries = self.catalog.read_dir(parent)?;
+        let entries = if let Some(catalog) = self.catalog.as_mut() {
+            catalog.read_dir(&parent.catalog)?
+        } else {
+            let dir = if let Some(entry) = parent.pxar.as_ref() {
+                block_on(entry.enter_directory())?
+            } else {
+                bail!("missing pxar entry for parent");
+            };
+            let mut out = Vec::new();
+            let entries = block_on(crate::pxar::tools::pxar_metadata_read_dir(dir))?;
+            for entry in entries {
+                let mut name = base.to_string();
+                let file_name = entry.file_name().as_bytes();
+                if file_name.starts_with(part.as_bytes()) {
+                    name.push_str(std::str::from_utf8(file_name)?);
+                    if entry.is_dir() {
+                        name.push('/');
+                    }
+                    out.push(name);
+                }
+            }
+            return Ok(out);
+        };
 
         let mut out = Vec::new();
         for entry in entries {
@@ -637,7 +713,7 @@ impl Shell {
     // Break async recursion here: lookup -> walk_catalog -> step -> lookup
     fn lookup<'future, 's, 'c, 'a, 'p, 'y>(
         stack: &'s [PathStackEntry],
-        catalog: &'c mut CatalogReader,
+        catalog: &'c mut Option<CatalogReader>,
         accessor: &'a Accessor,
         path: Option<&'p Path>,
         follow_symlinks: &'y mut Option<usize>,
@@ -678,7 +754,23 @@ impl Shell {
 
         let last = stack.last().unwrap();
         if last.catalog.is_directory() {
-            let items = self.catalog.read_dir(&stack.last().unwrap().catalog)?;
+            let items = if let Some(catalog) = self.catalog.as_mut() {
+                catalog.read_dir(&stack.last().unwrap().catalog)?
+            } else {
+                let dir = if let Some(entry) = last.pxar.as_ref() {
+                    entry.enter_directory().await?
+                } else {
+                    bail!("missing pxar entry for parent");
+                };
+
+                let mut out = std::io::stdout();
+                let items = crate::pxar::tools::pxar_metadata_read_dir(dir).await?;
+                for item in items {
+                    out.write_all(item.file_name().as_bytes())?;
+                    out.write_all(b"\n")?;
+                }
+                return Ok(());
+            };
             let mut out = std::io::stdout();
             // FIXME: columnize
             for item in items {
@@ -705,7 +797,7 @@ impl Shell {
 
         let file = Self::walk_pxar_archive(&self.accessor, &mut stack).await?;
         std::io::stdout()
-            .write_all(crate::pxar::format_multi_line_entry(file.entry()).as_bytes())?;
+            .write_all(crate::pxar::tools::format_multi_line_entry(file.entry()).as_bytes())?;
         Ok(())
     }
 
@@ -720,6 +812,14 @@ impl Shell {
                     &mut None,
                 )
                 .await?;
+
+                if new_position.is_empty() {
+                    // Avoid moving below archive root into catalog root, thereby treating
+                    // the archive root as its own parent directory.
+                    self.position.truncate(1);
+                    return Ok(());
+                }
+
                 if !new_position.last().unwrap().catalog.is_directory() {
                     bail!("not a directory");
                 }
@@ -820,17 +920,36 @@ impl Shell {
     async fn list_matching_files(&mut self) -> Result<(), Error> {
         let matches = self.build_match_list();
 
-        self.catalog.find(
-            &self.position[0].catalog,
-            &mut Vec::new(),
-            &matches,
-            &mut |path: &[u8]| -> Result<(), Error> {
-                let mut out = std::io::stdout();
-                out.write_all(path)?;
-                out.write_all(b"\n")?;
-                Ok(())
-            },
-        )?;
+        if let Some(catalog) = self.catalog.as_mut() {
+            catalog.find(
+                &self.position[0].catalog,
+                &mut Vec::new(),
+                &matches,
+                &mut |path: &[u8]| -> Result<(), Error> {
+                    let mut out = std::io::stdout();
+                    out.write_all(path)?;
+                    out.write_all(b"\n")?;
+                    Ok(())
+                },
+            )?;
+        } else {
+            let parent_dir = if let Some(pxar_entry) = self.position[0].pxar.as_ref() {
+                pxar_entry.enter_directory().await?
+            } else {
+                bail!("missing pxar entry for archive root");
+            };
+            crate::pxar::tools::pxar_metadata_catalog_find(
+                parent_dir,
+                &matches,
+                &|path: &[u8]| -> Result<(), Error> {
+                    let mut out = std::io::stdout();
+                    out.write_all(path)?;
+                    out.write_all(b"\n")?;
+                    Ok(())
+                },
+            )
+            .await?;
+        }
 
         Ok(())
     }
@@ -841,18 +960,37 @@ impl Shell {
             MatchEntry::parse_pattern(pattern, PatternFlag::PATH_NAME, MatchType::Include)?;
 
         let mut found_some = false;
-        self.catalog.find(
-            &self.position[0].catalog,
-            &mut Vec::new(),
-            &[&pattern_entry],
-            &mut |path: &[u8]| -> Result<(), Error> {
-                found_some = true;
-                let mut out = std::io::stdout();
-                out.write_all(path)?;
-                out.write_all(b"\n")?;
-                Ok(())
-            },
-        )?;
+        if let Some(catalog) = self.catalog.as_mut() {
+            catalog.find(
+                &self.position[0].catalog,
+                &mut Vec::new(),
+                &[&pattern_entry],
+                &mut |path: &[u8]| -> Result<(), Error> {
+                    found_some = true;
+                    let mut out = std::io::stdout();
+                    out.write_all(path)?;
+                    out.write_all(b"\n")?;
+                    Ok(())
+                },
+            )?;
+        } else {
+            let parent_dir = if let Some(pxar_entry) = self.position[0].pxar.as_ref() {
+                pxar_entry.enter_directory().await?
+            } else {
+                bail!("missing pxar entry for archive root");
+            };
+            crate::pxar::tools::pxar_metadata_catalog_find(
+                parent_dir,
+                &[&pattern_entry],
+                &|path: &[u8]| -> Result<(), Error> {
+                    let mut out = std::io::stdout();
+                    out.write_all(path)?;
+                    out.write_all(b"\n")?;
+                    Ok(())
+                },
+            )
+            .await?;
+        }
 
         if found_some && select {
             self.selected.insert(pattern_os, pattern_entry);
@@ -945,6 +1083,18 @@ impl Shell {
     }
 }
 
+fn parent_pxar_entry(dir_stack: &[PathStackEntry]) -> Result<&FileEntry, Error> {
+    if let Some(parent) = dir_stack.last().as_ref() {
+        if let Some(entry) = parent.pxar.as_ref() {
+            Ok(entry)
+        } else {
+            bail!("missing pxar entry for parent");
+        }
+    } else {
+        bail!("missing parent entry on stack");
+    }
+}
+
 struct ExtractorState<'a> {
     path: Vec<u8>,
     path_len: usize,
@@ -960,22 +1110,38 @@ struct ExtractorState<'a> {
 
     extractor: crate::pxar::extract::Extractor,
 
-    catalog: &'a mut CatalogReader,
+    catalog: &'a mut Option<CatalogReader>,
     match_list: &'a [MatchEntry],
     accessor: &'a Accessor,
 }
 
 impl<'a> ExtractorState<'a> {
     pub fn new(
-        catalog: &'a mut CatalogReader,
+        catalog: &'a mut Option<CatalogReader>,
         dir_stack: Vec<PathStackEntry>,
         extractor: crate::pxar::extract::Extractor,
         match_list: &'a [MatchEntry],
         accessor: &'a Accessor,
     ) -> Result<Self, Error> {
-        let read_dir = catalog
-            .read_dir(&dir_stack.last().unwrap().catalog)?
-            .into_iter();
+        let read_dir = if let Some(catalog) = catalog.as_mut() {
+            catalog
+                .read_dir(&dir_stack.last().unwrap().catalog)?
+                .into_iter()
+        } else {
+            let pxar_entry = parent_pxar_entry(&dir_stack)?;
+            let dir = block_on(pxar_entry.enter_directory())?;
+            let entries = block_on(crate::pxar::tools::pxar_metadata_read_dir(dir))?;
+
+            let mut catalog_entries = Vec::with_capacity(entries.len());
+            for entry in entries {
+                let entry_attr = DirEntryAttribute::try_from(&entry).unwrap();
+                catalog_entries.push(catalog::DirEntry {
+                    name: entry.entry().file_name().as_bytes().into(),
+                    attr: entry_attr,
+                });
+            }
+            catalog_entries.into_iter()
+        };
         Ok(Self {
             path: Vec::new(),
             path_len: 0,
@@ -1053,11 +1219,29 @@ impl<'a> ExtractorState<'a> {
         entry: catalog::DirEntry,
         match_result: Option<MatchType>,
     ) -> Result<(), Error> {
+        let entry_iter = if let Some(catalog) = self.catalog.as_mut() {
+            catalog.read_dir(&entry)?.into_iter()
+        } else {
+            self.dir_stack.push(PathStackEntry::new(entry.clone()));
+            let dir = Shell::walk_pxar_archive(self.accessor, &mut self.dir_stack).await?;
+            self.dir_stack.pop();
+            let dir = dir.enter_directory().await?;
+            let entries = block_on(crate::pxar::tools::pxar_metadata_read_dir(dir))?;
+            entries
+                .into_iter()
+                .map(|entry| {
+                    let entry_attr = DirEntryAttribute::try_from(&entry).unwrap();
+                    catalog::DirEntry {
+                        name: entry.entry().file_name().as_bytes().into(),
+                        attr: entry_attr,
+                    }
+                })
+                .collect::<Vec<catalog::DirEntry>>()
+                .into_iter()
+        };
         // enter a new directory:
-        self.read_dir_stack.push(mem::replace(
-            &mut self.read_dir,
-            self.catalog.read_dir(&entry)?.into_iter(),
-        ));
+        self.read_dir_stack
+            .push(mem::replace(&mut self.read_dir, entry_iter));
         self.matches_stack.push(self.matches);
         self.dir_stack.push(PathStackEntry::new(entry));
         self.path_len_stack.push(self.path_len);

pbs-client/src/http_client.rs

@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ use std::time::Duration;
 
 use anyhow::{bail, format_err, Error};
 use futures::*;
-use http::header::HeaderValue;
-use http::Uri;
-use http::{Request, Response};
+#[cfg(not(target_feature = "crt-static"))]
+use hyper::client::connect::dns::GaiResolver;
 use hyper::client::{Client, HttpConnector};
-use hyper::Body;
+use hyper::http::header::HeaderValue;
+use hyper::http::Uri;
+use hyper::http::{Request, Response};
+use hyper::{body::HttpBody, Body};
 use openssl::{
     ssl::{SslConnector, SslMethod},
     x509::X509StoreContextRef,
@@ -25,6 +27,7 @@ use proxmox_async::broadcast_future::BroadcastFuture;
 use proxmox_http::client::HttpsConnector;
 use proxmox_http::uri::{build_authority, json_object_to_query};
 use proxmox_http::{ProxyConfig, RateLimiter};
+use proxmox_log::{error, info, warn};
 
 use pbs_api_types::percent_encoding::DEFAULT_ENCODE_SET;
 use pbs_api_types::{Authid, RateLimitConfig, Userid};
@@ -32,6 +35,74 @@ use pbs_api_types::{Authid, RateLimitConfig, Userid};
 use super::pipe_to_stream::PipeToSendStream;
 use super::PROXMOX_BACKUP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TIME;
 
+#[cfg(not(target_feature = "crt-static"))]
+type DnsResolver = GaiResolver;
+
+#[cfg(target_feature = "crt-static")]
+type DnsResolver = resolver::HickoryDnsResolver;
+
+#[cfg(target_feature = "crt-static")]
+mod resolver {
+    use std::net::SocketAddr;
+    use std::pin::Pin;
+    use std::sync::Arc;
+    use std::task::{Context, Poll};
+
+    use futures::Future;
+    use hickory_resolver::error::ResolveError;
+    use hickory_resolver::lookup_ip::LookupIpIntoIter;
+    use hickory_resolver::TokioAsyncResolver;
+    use hyper::client::connect::dns::Name;
+    use tower_service::Service;
+
+    pub(crate) struct SocketAddrIter {
+        inner: LookupIpIntoIter,
+    }
+
+    impl Iterator for SocketAddrIter {
+        type Item = SocketAddr;
+
+        fn next(&mut self) -> Option<Self::Item> {
+            self.inner.next().map(|ip_addr| SocketAddr::new(ip_addr, 0))
+        }
+    }
+
+    #[derive(Clone)]
+    pub(crate) struct HickoryDnsResolver {
+        inner: Arc<TokioAsyncResolver>,
+    }
+
+    impl HickoryDnsResolver {
+        pub(crate) fn new() -> Self {
+            Self {
+                inner: Arc::new(TokioAsyncResolver::tokio_from_system_conf().unwrap()),
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    impl Service<Name> for HickoryDnsResolver {
+        type Response = SocketAddrIter;
+        type Error = ResolveError;
+        type Future = Pin<Box<dyn Future<Output = Result<Self::Response, Self::Error>> + Send>>;
+
+        fn poll_ready(&mut self, _ctx: &mut Context<'_>) -> Poll<Result<(), Self::Error>> {
+            Poll::Ready(Ok(()))
+        }
+
+        fn call(&mut self, name: Name) -> Self::Future {
+            let inner = self.inner.clone();
+            Box::pin(async move {
+                inner
+                    .lookup_ip(name.as_str())
+                    .await
+                    .map(|r| SocketAddrIter {
+                        inner: r.into_iter(),
+                    })
+            })
+        }
+    }
+}
+
 /// Timeout used for several HTTP operations that are expected to finish quickly but may block in
 /// certain error conditions. Keep it generous, to avoid false-positive under high load.
 const HTTP_TIMEOUT: Duration = Duration::from_secs(2 * 60);
@@ -133,7 +204,7 @@ impl Default for HttpClientOptions {
 
 /// HTTP(S) API client
 pub struct HttpClient {
-    client: Client<HttpsConnector>,
+    client: Client<HttpsConnector<DnsResolver>>,
     server: String,
     port: u16,
     fingerprint: Arc<Mutex<Option<String>>>,
@@ -348,14 +419,14 @@ impl HttpClient {
                             if let Err(err) =
                                 store_fingerprint(prefix.as_ref().unwrap(), &server, &fingerprint)
                             {
-                                log::error!("{}", err);
+                                error!("{}", err);
                             }
                         }
                         *verified_fingerprint.lock().unwrap() = Some(fingerprint);
                         true
                     }
                     Err(err) => {
-                        log::error!("certificate validation failed - {}", err);
+                        error!("certificate validation failed - {}", err);
                         false
                     }
                 },
@@ -364,7 +435,8 @@ impl HttpClient {
             ssl_connector_builder.set_verify(openssl::ssl::SslVerifyMode::NONE);
         }
 
-        let mut httpc = HttpConnector::new();
+        let resolver = DnsResolver::new();
+        let mut httpc = HttpConnector::new_with_resolver(resolver);
         httpc.set_nodelay(true); // important for h2 download performance!
         httpc.enforce_http(false); // we want https...
 
@@ -393,7 +465,7 @@ impl HttpClient {
 
         let proxy_config = ProxyConfig::from_proxy_env()?;
         if let Some(config) = proxy_config {
-            log::info!("Using proxy connection: {}:{}", config.host, config.port);
+            info!("Using proxy connection: {}:{}", config.host, config.port);
             https.set_proxy(config);
         }
 
@@ -461,14 +533,14 @@ impl HttpClient {
                                 &auth.token,
                             ) {
                                 if std::io::stdout().is_terminal() {
-                                    log::error!("storing login ticket failed: {}", err);
+                                    error!("storing login ticket failed: {}", err);
                                 }
                             }
                         }
                         *auth2.write().unwrap() = auth;
                     }
                     Err(err) => {
-                        log::error!("re-authentication failed: {}", err);
+                        error!("re-authentication failed: {}", err);
                     }
                 }
             }
@@ -498,7 +570,7 @@ impl HttpClient {
                         &auth.token,
                     ) {
                         if std::io::stdout().is_terminal() {
-                            log::error!("storing login ticket failed: {}", err);
+                            error!("storing login ticket failed: {}", err);
                         }
                     }
                 }
@@ -525,7 +597,9 @@ impl HttpClient {
             _options: options,
         })
     }
+}
 
+impl HttpClient {
     /// Login
     ///
     /// Login is done on demand, so this is only required if you need
@@ -600,14 +674,14 @@ impl HttpClient {
             if expected_fingerprint == fp_string {
                 return Ok(Some(fp_string));
             } else {
-                log::warn!("WARNING: certificate fingerprint does not match expected fingerprint!");
-                log::warn!("expected:    {}", expected_fingerprint);
+                warn!("WARNING: certificate fingerprint does not match expected fingerprint!");
+                warn!("expected:    {}", expected_fingerprint);
             }
         }
 
         // If we're on a TTY, query the user
         if interactive && std::io::stdin().is_terminal() {
-            log::info!("fingerprint: {}", fp_string);
+            info!("fingerprint: {}", fp_string);
             loop {
                 eprint!("Are you sure you want to continue connecting? (y/n): ");
                 let _ = std::io::stdout().flush();
@@ -705,8 +779,7 @@ impl HttpClient {
                 .map(|_| Err(format_err!("unknown error")))
                 .await?
         } else {
-            resp.into_body()
-                .map_err(Error::from)
+            futures::TryStreamExt::map_err(resp.into_body(), Error::from)
                 .try_fold(output, move |acc, chunk| async move {
                     acc.write_all(&chunk)?;
                     Ok::<_, Error>(acc)
@@ -781,7 +854,7 @@ impl HttpClient {
             .map_err(|_| format_err!("http upgrade request timed out"))??;
         let status = resp.status();
 
-        if status != http::StatusCode::SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS {
+        if status != hyper::http::StatusCode::SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS {
             Self::api_response(resp).await?;
             bail!("unknown error");
         }
@@ -790,14 +863,14 @@ impl HttpClient {
 
         let max_window_size = (1 << 31) - 2;
 
-        let (h2, connection) = h2::client::Builder::new()
+        let (h2, connection) = h2::legacy::client::Builder::new()
             .initial_connection_window_size(max_window_size)
             .initial_window_size(max_window_size)
             .max_frame_size(4 * 1024 * 1024)
             .handshake(upgraded)
             .await?;
 
-        let connection = connection.map_err(|_| log::error!("HTTP/2.0 connection failed"));
+        let connection = connection.map_err(|_| error!("HTTP/2.0 connection failed"));
 
         let (connection, abort) = futures::future::abortable(connection);
         // A cancellable future returns an Option which is None when cancelled and
@@ -814,7 +887,7 @@ impl HttpClient {
     }
 
     async fn credentials(
-        client: Client<HttpsConnector>,
+        client: Client<HttpsConnector<DnsResolver>>,
         server: String,
         port: u16,
         username: Userid,
@@ -843,7 +916,7 @@ impl HttpClient {
 
     async fn api_response(response: Response<Body>) -> Result<Value, Error> {
         let status = response.status();
-        let data = hyper::body::to_bytes(response.into_body()).await?;
+        let data = HttpBody::collect(response.into_body()).await?.to_bytes();
 
         let text = String::from_utf8(data.to_vec()).unwrap();
         if status.is_success() {
@@ -859,7 +932,7 @@ impl HttpClient {
     }
 
     async fn api_request(
-        client: Client<HttpsConnector>,
+        client: Client<HttpsConnector<DnsResolver>>,
         req: Request<Body>,
     ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
         Self::api_response(
@@ -935,11 +1008,11 @@ impl Drop for HttpClient {
 
 #[derive(Clone)]
 pub struct H2Client {
-    h2: h2::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>,
+    h2: h2::legacy::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>,
 }
 
 impl H2Client {
-    pub fn new(h2: h2::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>) -> Self {
+    pub fn new(h2: h2::legacy::client::SendRequest<bytes::Bytes>) -> Self {
         Self { h2 }
     }
 
@@ -1019,7 +1092,7 @@ impl H2Client {
         &self,
         request: Request<()>,
         data: Option<bytes::Bytes>,
-    ) -> impl Future<Output = Result<h2::client::ResponseFuture, Error>> {
+    ) -> impl Future<Output = Result<h2::legacy::client::ResponseFuture, Error>> {
         self.h2
             .clone()
             .ready()
@@ -1036,7 +1109,9 @@ impl H2Client {
             })
     }
 
-    pub async fn h2api_response(response: Response<h2::RecvStream>) -> Result<Value, Error> {
+    pub async fn h2api_response(
+        response: Response<h2::legacy::RecvStream>,
+    ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
         let status = response.status();
 
         let (_head, mut body) = response.into_parts();

pbs-client/src/inject_reused_chunks.rs

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 use std::cmp;
 use std::pin::Pin;
-use std::sync::atomic::{AtomicUsize, Ordering};
-use std::sync::{mpsc, Arc};
+use std::sync::mpsc;
 use std::task::{Context, Poll};
 
 use anyhow::{anyhow, Error};
 use futures::{ready, Stream};
 use pin_project_lite::pin_project;
 
+use crate::backup_stats::UploadCounters;
 use crate::pxar::create::ReusableDynamicEntry;
 
 pin_project! {
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ pin_project! {
         input: S,
         next_injection: Option<InjectChunks>,
         injections: Option<mpsc::Receiver<InjectChunks>>,
-        stream_len: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+        counters: UploadCounters,
     }
 }
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ pub trait InjectReusedChunks: Sized {
     fn inject_reused_chunks(
         self,
         injections: Option<mpsc::Receiver<InjectChunks>>,
-        stream_len: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+        counters: UploadCounters,
     ) -> InjectReusedChunksQueue<Self>;
 }
 
@@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ where
     fn inject_reused_chunks(
         self,
         injections: Option<mpsc::Receiver<InjectChunks>>,
-        stream_len: Arc<AtomicUsize>,
+        counters: UploadCounters,
     ) -> InjectReusedChunksQueue<Self> {
         InjectReusedChunksQueue {
             input: self,
             next_injection: None,
             injections,
-            stream_len,
+            counters,
         }
     }
 }
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ where
 
             if let Some(inject) = this.next_injection.take() {
                 // got reusable dynamic entries to inject
-                let offset = this.stream_len.load(Ordering::SeqCst) as u64;
+                let offset = this.counters.total_stream_len() as u64;
 
                 match inject.boundary.cmp(&offset) {
                     // inject now

pbs-client/src/lib.rs

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ pub mod tools;
 
 mod inject_reused_chunks;
 mod merge_known_chunks;
+pub use merge_known_chunks::MergedChunkInfo;
 pub mod pipe_to_stream;
 
 mod http_client;
@@ -41,4 +42,7 @@ pub use backup_specification::*;
 mod chunk_stream;
 pub use chunk_stream::{ChunkStream, FixedChunkStream, InjectionData};
 
+mod backup_stats;
+pub use backup_stats::BackupStats;
+
 pub const PROXMOX_BACKUP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TIME: u32 = 120;

pbs-client/src/pipe_to_stream.rs

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ use std::task::{Context, Poll};
 use anyhow::{format_err, Error};
 use bytes::Bytes;
 use futures::{ready, Future};
-use h2::SendStream;
+use h2::legacy::SendStream;
 
 pub struct PipeToSendStream {
     body_tx: SendStream<Bytes>,

pbs-client/src/pxar/create.rs

@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ use pxar::{EntryKind, Metadata, PxarVariant};
 
 use proxmox_human_byte::HumanByte;
 use proxmox_io::vec;
+use proxmox_log::{debug, error, info, warn};
 use proxmox_sys::fs::{self, acl, xattr};
 
 use pbs_datastore::catalog::BackupCatalogWriter;
@@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ pub struct PxarCreateOptions {
 
 pub type MetadataArchiveReader = Arc<dyn ReadAt + Send + Sync + 'static>;
 
-/// Statefull information of previous backups snapshots for partial backups
+/// Stateful information of previous backups snapshots for partial backups
 pub struct PxarPrevRef {
     /// Reference accessor for metadata comparison
     pub accessor: Accessor<MetadataArchiveReader>,
@@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ pub struct PxarPrevRef {
     pub archive_name: String,
 }
 
-fn detect_fs_type(fd: RawFd) -> Result<i64, Error> {
+fn detect_fs_type(fd: RawFd) -> Result<i64, Errno> {
     let mut fs_stat = std::mem::MaybeUninit::uninit();
     let res = unsafe { libc::fstatfs(fd, fs_stat.as_mut_ptr()) };
     Errno::result(res)?;
@@ -315,25 +316,25 @@ where
     encoder.close().await?;
 
     if metadata_mode {
-        log::info!("Change detection summary:");
-        log::info!(
+        info!("Change detection summary:");
+        info!(
             " - {} total files ({} hardlinks)",
             archiver.reuse_stats.files_reused_count
                 + archiver.reuse_stats.files_reencoded_count
                 + archiver.reuse_stats.files_hardlink_count,
             archiver.reuse_stats.files_hardlink_count,
         );
-        log::info!(
+        info!(
             " - {} unchanged, reusable files with {} data",
             archiver.reuse_stats.files_reused_count,
             HumanByte::from(archiver.reuse_stats.total_reused_payload_size),
         );
-        log::info!(
+        info!(
             " - {} changed or non-reusable files with {} data",
             archiver.reuse_stats.files_reencoded_count,
             HumanByte::from(archiver.reuse_stats.total_reencoded_size),
         );
-        log::info!(
+        info!(
             " - {} padding in {} partially reused chunks",
             HumanByte::from(
                 archiver.reuse_stats.total_injected_size
@@ -422,6 +423,7 @@ impl Archiver {
         previous_metadata_accessor: &Option<Directory<MetadataArchiveReader>>,
         file_name: &Path,
         metadata: &Metadata,
+        file_size: u64,
     ) -> Result<Option<Range<u64>>, Error> {
         if let Some(previous_metadata_accessor) = previous_metadata_accessor {
             if let Some(file_entry) = previous_metadata_accessor.lookup(file_name).await? {
@@ -432,20 +434,23 @@ impl Archiver {
                         ..
                     } = file_entry.entry().kind()
                     {
+                        if file_size != *size {
+                            return Ok(None);
+                        }
                         let range =
                             *offset..*offset + size + size_of::<pxar::format::Header>() as u64;
-                        log::debug!(
+                        debug!(
                             "reusable: {file_name:?} at range {range:?} has unchanged metadata."
                         );
                         return Ok(Some(range));
                     }
-                    log::debug!("reencode: {file_name:?} not a regular file.");
+                    debug!("re-encode: {file_name:?} not a regular file.");
                     return Ok(None);
                 }
-                log::debug!("reencode: {file_name:?} metadata did not match.");
+                debug!("re-encode: {file_name:?} metadata did not match.");
                 return Ok(None);
             }
-            log::debug!("reencode: {file_name:?} not found in previous archive.");
+            debug!("re-encode: {file_name:?} not found in previous archive.");
         }
 
         Ok(None)
@@ -476,12 +481,16 @@ impl Archiver {
                 Ok(fd) => Ok(Some(fd)),
                 Err(Errno::ENOENT) => {
                     if existed {
-                        self.report_vanished_file()?;
+                        self.report_vanished_file();
                     }
                     Ok(None)
                 }
                 Err(Errno::EACCES) => {
-                    log::warn!("failed to open file: {:?}: access denied", file_name);
+                    warn!("failed to open file: {:?}: access denied", file_name);
+                    Ok(None)
+                }
+                Err(Errno::ESTALE) => {
+                    self.report_stale_file_handle(None);
                     Ok(None)
                 }
                 Err(Errno::EPERM) if !noatime.is_empty() => {
@@ -511,10 +520,9 @@ impl Archiver {
             let line = match line {
                 Ok(line) => line,
                 Err(err) => {
-                    log::warn!(
+                    warn!(
                         "ignoring .pxarexclude after read error in {:?}: {}",
-                        self.path,
-                        err,
+                        self.path, err,
                     );
                     self.patterns.truncate(old_pattern_count);
                     return Ok(());
@@ -554,7 +562,7 @@ impl Archiver {
                     }
                 }
                 Err(err) => {
-                    log::error!("bad pattern in {:?}: {}", self.path, err);
+                    error!("bad pattern in {:?}: {}", self.path, err);
                 }
             }
         }
@@ -635,18 +643,36 @@ impl Archiver {
                 });
 
             match match_result {
-                Ok(Some(MatchType::Exclude)) => continue,
+                Ok(Some(MatchType::Exclude)) => {
+                    debug!("matched by exclude pattern '{full_path:?}'");
+                    continue;
+                }
                 Ok(_) => (),
                 Err(err) if err.not_found() => continue,
+                Err(Errno::ESTALE) => {
+                    self.report_stale_file_handle(Some(&full_path));
+                    continue;
+                }
                 Err(err) => {
                     return Err(err).with_context(|| format!("stat failed on {full_path:?}"))
                 }
             }
 
-            let stat = stat_results
-                .map(Ok)
-                .unwrap_or_else(get_file_mode)
-                .with_context(|| format!("stat failed on {full_path:?}"))?;
+            let stat = match stat_results {
+                Some(mode) => mode,
+                None => match get_file_mode() {
+                    Ok(mode) => mode,
+                    Err(Errno::ESTALE) => {
+                        self.report_stale_file_handle(Some(&full_path));
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                    Err(err) => {
+                        return Err(
+                            Error::from(err).context(format!("stat failed on {full_path:?}"))
+                        )
+                    }
+                },
+            };
 
             self.entry_counter += 1;
             if self.entry_counter > self.entry_limit {
@@ -668,25 +694,27 @@ impl Archiver {
         Ok(file_list)
     }
 
-    fn report_vanished_file(&mut self) -> Result<(), Error> {
-        log::warn!("warning: file vanished while reading: {:?}", self.path);
-        Ok(())
+    fn report_stale_file_handle(&self, path: Option<&PathBuf>) {
+        let path = path.unwrap_or(&self.path);
+        warn!("warning: stale file handle encountered while reading: {path:?}");
     }
 
-    fn report_file_shrunk_while_reading(&mut self) -> Result<(), Error> {
-        log::warn!(
+    fn report_vanished_file(&self) {
+        warn!("warning: file vanished while reading: {:?}", self.path);
+    }
+
+    fn report_file_shrunk_while_reading(&self) {
+        warn!(
             "warning: file size shrunk while reading: {:?}, file will be padded with zeros!",
             self.path,
         );
-        Ok(())
     }
 
-    fn report_file_grew_while_reading(&mut self) -> Result<(), Error> {
-        log::warn!(
+    fn report_file_grew_while_reading(&self) {
+        warn!(
             "warning: file size increased while reading: {:?}, file will be truncated!",
             self.path,
         );
-        Ok(())
     }
 
     async fn add_entry<T: SeqWrite + Send>(
@@ -716,23 +744,23 @@ impl Archiver {
             None => return Ok(()),
         };
 
-        let match_path = PathBuf::from("/").join(self.path.clone());
-        if self
-            .patterns
-            .matches(match_path.as_os_str().as_bytes(), stat.st_mode)?
-            == Some(MatchType::Exclude)
-        {
-            return Ok(());
-        }
-
-        let metadata = get_metadata(
+        let metadata = match get_metadata(
             fd.as_raw_fd(),
             stat,
             self.flags(),
             self.fs_magic,
             &mut self.fs_feature_flags,
             self.skip_e2big_xattr,
-        )?;
+        ) {
+            Ok(metadata) => metadata,
+            Err(err) => {
+                if let Some(Errno::ESTALE) = err.downcast_ref::<Errno>() {
+                    self.report_stale_file_handle(None);
+                    return Ok(());
+                }
+                return Err(err);
+            }
+        };
 
         if self.previous_payload_index.is_none() {
             return self
@@ -742,7 +770,7 @@ impl Archiver {
 
         // Avoid having to many open file handles in cached entries
         if self.cache.is_full() {
-            log::debug!("Max cache size reached, reuse cached entries");
+            debug!("Max cache size reached, reuse cached entries");
             self.flush_cached_reusing_if_below_threshold(encoder, true)
                 .await?;
         }
@@ -774,12 +802,13 @@ impl Archiver {
             }
 
             let file_name: &Path = OsStr::from_bytes(c_file_name.to_bytes()).as_ref();
+            let file_size = stat.st_size as u64;
             if let Some(payload_range) = self
-                .is_reusable_entry(previous_metadata, file_name, &metadata)
+                .is_reusable_entry(previous_metadata, file_name, &metadata, file_size)
                 .await?
             {
                 if !self.cache.try_extend_range(payload_range.clone()) {
-                    log::debug!("Cache range has hole, new range: {payload_range:?}");
+                    debug!("Cache range has hole, new range: {payload_range:?}");
                     self.flush_cached_reusing_if_below_threshold(encoder, true)
                         .await?;
                     // range has to be set after flushing of cached entries, which resets the range
@@ -790,7 +819,7 @@ impl Archiver {
                 // actual chunks, which needs to be added before encoding the payload reference
                 let offset =
                     PayloadOffset::default().add(payload_range.start - self.cache.range().start);
-                log::debug!("Offset relative to range start: {offset:?}");
+                debug!("Offset relative to range start: {offset:?}");
 
                 self.cache.insert(
                     fd,
@@ -842,6 +871,7 @@ impl Archiver {
         .await
     }
 
+    #[allow(clippy::too_many_arguments)]
     async fn add_entry_to_archive<T: SeqWrite + Send>(
         &mut self,
         encoder: &mut Encoder<'_, T>,
@@ -994,7 +1024,7 @@ impl Archiver {
             // do not reuse chunks if introduced padding higher than threshold
             // opt for re-encoding in that case
             if ratio > CHUNK_PADDING_THRESHOLD {
-                log::debug!(
+                debug!(
                     "Padding ratio: {ratio} > {CHUNK_PADDING_THRESHOLD}, padding: {}, total {}, chunks: {}",
                     HumanByte::from(padding),
                     HumanByte::from(total_size),
@@ -1003,7 +1033,7 @@ impl Archiver {
                 self.cache.update_last_chunk(prev_last_chunk);
                 self.encode_entries_to_archive(encoder, None).await?;
             } else {
-                log::debug!(
+                debug!(
                     "Padding ratio: {ratio} < {CHUNK_PADDING_THRESHOLD}, padding: {}, total {}, chunks: {}",
                     HumanByte::from(padding),
                     HumanByte::from(total_size),
@@ -1039,7 +1069,7 @@ impl Archiver {
     }
 
     // Take ownership of cached entries and encode them to the archive
-    // Encode with reused payload chunks when base offset is some, reencode otherwise
+    // Encode with reused payload chunks when base offset is some, re-encode otherwise
     async fn encode_entries_to_archive<T: SeqWrite + Send>(
         &mut self,
         encoder: &mut Encoder<'_, T>,
@@ -1054,7 +1084,7 @@ impl Archiver {
         let (entries, start_path) = self.cache.take_and_reset();
         let old_path = self.path.clone();
         self.path = start_path;
-        log::debug!(
+        debug!(
             "Got {} cache entries to encode: reuse is {}",
             entries.len(),
             base_offset.is_some()
@@ -1123,7 +1153,7 @@ impl Archiver {
             let mut size = PayloadOffset::default();
 
             for chunk in chunks.iter() {
-                log::debug!(
+                debug!(
                     "Injecting chunk with {} padding (chunk size {})",
                     HumanByte::from(chunk.padding),
                     HumanByte::from(chunk.size()),
@@ -1151,7 +1181,7 @@ impl Archiver {
             };
 
             injection_boundary = injection_boundary.add(size.raw());
-            log::debug!("Advance payload position by: {size:?}");
+            debug!("Advance payload position by: {size:?}");
             encoder.advance(size)?;
         }
 
@@ -1169,20 +1199,20 @@ impl Archiver {
     ) -> Result<(), Error> {
         let dir_name = OsStr::from_bytes(c_dir_name.to_bytes());
 
-        if !self.cache.caching_enabled() {
-            if let Some(ref catalog) = self.catalog {
-                catalog.lock().unwrap().start_directory(c_dir_name)?;
-            }
-            encoder.create_directory(dir_name, metadata).await?;
-        }
-
         let old_fs_magic = self.fs_magic;
         let old_fs_feature_flags = self.fs_feature_flags;
         let old_st_dev = self.current_st_dev;
 
         let mut skip_contents = false;
         if old_st_dev != stat.st_dev {
-            self.fs_magic = detect_fs_type(dir.as_raw_fd())?;
+            match detect_fs_type(dir.as_raw_fd()) {
+                Ok(fs_magic) => self.fs_magic = fs_magic,
+                Err(Errno::ESTALE) => {
+                    self.report_stale_file_handle(None);
+                    return Ok(());
+                }
+                Err(err) => return Err(err.into()),
+            }
             self.fs_feature_flags = Flags::from_magic(self.fs_magic);
             self.current_st_dev = stat.st_dev;
 
@@ -1193,8 +1223,15 @@ impl Archiver {
             }
         }
 
+        if !self.cache.caching_enabled() {
+            if let Some(ref catalog) = self.catalog {
+                catalog.lock().unwrap().start_directory(c_dir_name)?;
+            }
+            encoder.create_directory(dir_name, metadata).await?;
+        }
+
         let result = if skip_contents {
-            log::info!("skipping mount point: {:?}", self.path);
+            info!("skipping mount point: {:?}", self.path);
             Ok(())
         } else {
             let mut dir_accessor = None;
@@ -1245,14 +1282,14 @@ impl Archiver {
                 Err(err) => bail!(err),
             };
             if got as u64 > remaining {
-                self.report_file_grew_while_reading()?;
+                self.report_file_grew_while_reading();
                 got = remaining as usize;
             }
             out.write_all(&self.file_copy_buffer[..got]).await?;
             remaining -= got as u64;
         }
         if remaining > 0 {
-            self.report_file_shrunk_while_reading()?;
+            self.report_file_shrunk_while_reading();
             let to_zero = remaining.min(self.file_copy_buffer.len() as u64) as usize;
             vec::clear(&mut self.file_copy_buffer[..to_zero]);
             while remaining != 0 {
@@ -1272,7 +1309,14 @@ impl Archiver {
         file_name: &Path,
         metadata: &Metadata,
     ) -> Result<(), Error> {
-        let dest = nix::fcntl::readlinkat(fd.as_raw_fd(), &b""[..])?;
+        let dest = match nix::fcntl::readlinkat(fd.as_raw_fd(), &b""[..]) {
+            Ok(dest) => dest,
+            Err(Errno::ESTALE) => {
+                self.report_stale_file_handle(None);
+                return Ok(());
+            }
+            Err(err) => return Err(err.into()),
+        };
         encoder.add_symlink(metadata, file_name, dest).await?;
         Ok(())
     }

pbs-client/src/pxar/dir_stack.rs

@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ impl PxarDir {
         let dir = Dir::openat(
             parent,
             self.file_name.as_os_str(),
-            OFlag::O_DIRECTORY,
+            OFlag::O_DIRECTORY | OFlag::O_CLOEXEC,
             Mode::empty(),
         )?;